c++: Handle COMPOUND_EXPRs in ocp_convert [PR94339]
[gcc.git] / gcc / tree-cfg.c
1 /* Control flow functions for trees.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Diego Novillo <dnovillo@redhat.com>
4
5 This file is part of GCC.
6
7 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
19 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20
21 #include "config.h"
22 #include "system.h"
23 #include "coretypes.h"
24 #include "backend.h"
25 #include "target.h"
26 #include "rtl.h"
27 #include "tree.h"
28 #include "gimple.h"
29 #include "cfghooks.h"
30 #include "tree-pass.h"
31 #include "ssa.h"
32 #include "cgraph.h"
33 #include "gimple-pretty-print.h"
34 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
35 #include "fold-const.h"
36 #include "trans-mem.h"
37 #include "stor-layout.h"
38 #include "print-tree.h"
39 #include "cfganal.h"
40 #include "gimple-fold.h"
41 #include "tree-eh.h"
42 #include "gimple-iterator.h"
43 #include "gimplify-me.h"
44 #include "gimple-walk.h"
45 #include "tree-cfg.h"
46 #include "tree-ssa-loop-manip.h"
47 #include "tree-ssa-loop-niter.h"
48 #include "tree-into-ssa.h"
49 #include "tree-dfa.h"
50 #include "tree-ssa.h"
51 #include "except.h"
52 #include "cfgloop.h"
53 #include "tree-ssa-propagate.h"
54 #include "value-prof.h"
55 #include "tree-inline.h"
56 #include "tree-ssa-live.h"
57 #include "omp-general.h"
58 #include "omp-expand.h"
59 #include "tree-cfgcleanup.h"
60 #include "gimplify.h"
61 #include "attribs.h"
62 #include "selftest.h"
63 #include "opts.h"
64 #include "asan.h"
65 #include "profile.h"
66
67 /* This file contains functions for building the Control Flow Graph (CFG)
68 for a function tree. */
69
70 /* Local declarations. */
71
72 /* Initial capacity for the basic block array. */
73 static const int initial_cfg_capacity = 20;
74
75 /* This hash table allows us to efficiently lookup all CASE_LABEL_EXPRs
76 which use a particular edge. The CASE_LABEL_EXPRs are chained together
77 via their CASE_CHAIN field, which we clear after we're done with the
78 hash table to prevent problems with duplication of GIMPLE_SWITCHes.
79
80 Access to this list of CASE_LABEL_EXPRs allows us to efficiently
81 update the case vector in response to edge redirections.
82
83 Right now this table is set up and torn down at key points in the
84 compilation process. It would be nice if we could make the table
85 more persistent. The key is getting notification of changes to
86 the CFG (particularly edge removal, creation and redirection). */
87
88 static hash_map<edge, tree> *edge_to_cases;
89
90 /* If we record edge_to_cases, this bitmap will hold indexes
91 of basic blocks that end in a GIMPLE_SWITCH which we touched
92 due to edge manipulations. */
93
94 static bitmap touched_switch_bbs;
95
96 /* CFG statistics. */
97 struct cfg_stats_d
98 {
99 long num_merged_labels;
100 };
101
102 static struct cfg_stats_d cfg_stats;
103
104 /* Data to pass to replace_block_vars_by_duplicates_1. */
105 struct replace_decls_d
106 {
107 hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map;
108 tree to_context;
109 };
110
111 /* Hash table to store last discriminator assigned for each locus. */
112 struct locus_discrim_map
113 {
114 int location_line;
115 int discriminator;
116 };
117
118 /* Hashtable helpers. */
119
120 struct locus_discrim_hasher : free_ptr_hash <locus_discrim_map>
121 {
122 static inline hashval_t hash (const locus_discrim_map *);
123 static inline bool equal (const locus_discrim_map *,
124 const locus_discrim_map *);
125 };
126
127 /* Trivial hash function for a location_t. ITEM is a pointer to
128 a hash table entry that maps a location_t to a discriminator. */
129
130 inline hashval_t
131 locus_discrim_hasher::hash (const locus_discrim_map *item)
132 {
133 return item->location_line;
134 }
135
136 /* Equality function for the locus-to-discriminator map. A and B
137 point to the two hash table entries to compare. */
138
139 inline bool
140 locus_discrim_hasher::equal (const locus_discrim_map *a,
141 const locus_discrim_map *b)
142 {
143 return a->location_line == b->location_line;
144 }
145
146 static hash_table<locus_discrim_hasher> *discriminator_per_locus;
147
148 /* Basic blocks and flowgraphs. */
149 static void make_blocks (gimple_seq);
150
151 /* Edges. */
152 static void make_edges (void);
153 static void assign_discriminators (void);
154 static void make_cond_expr_edges (basic_block);
155 static void make_gimple_switch_edges (gswitch *, basic_block);
156 static bool make_goto_expr_edges (basic_block);
157 static void make_gimple_asm_edges (basic_block);
158 static edge gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch (edge, basic_block);
159 static edge gimple_try_redirect_by_replacing_jump (edge, basic_block);
160
161 /* Various helpers. */
162 static inline bool stmt_starts_bb_p (gimple *, gimple *);
163 static int gimple_verify_flow_info (void);
164 static void gimple_make_forwarder_block (edge);
165 static gimple *first_non_label_stmt (basic_block);
166 static bool verify_gimple_transaction (gtransaction *);
167 static bool call_can_make_abnormal_goto (gimple *);
168
169 /* Flowgraph optimization and cleanup. */
170 static void gimple_merge_blocks (basic_block, basic_block);
171 static bool gimple_can_merge_blocks_p (basic_block, basic_block);
172 static void remove_bb (basic_block);
173 static edge find_taken_edge_computed_goto (basic_block, tree);
174 static edge find_taken_edge_cond_expr (const gcond *, tree);
175
176 void
177 init_empty_tree_cfg_for_function (struct function *fn)
178 {
179 /* Initialize the basic block array. */
180 init_flow (fn);
181 profile_status_for_fn (fn) = PROFILE_ABSENT;
182 n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fn) = NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS;
183 last_basic_block_for_fn (fn) = NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS;
184 vec_alloc (basic_block_info_for_fn (fn), initial_cfg_capacity);
185 vec_safe_grow_cleared (basic_block_info_for_fn (fn),
186 initial_cfg_capacity);
187
188 /* Build a mapping of labels to their associated blocks. */
189 vec_alloc (label_to_block_map_for_fn (fn), initial_cfg_capacity);
190 vec_safe_grow_cleared (label_to_block_map_for_fn (fn),
191 initial_cfg_capacity);
192
193 SET_BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (fn, ENTRY_BLOCK, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn));
194 SET_BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (fn, EXIT_BLOCK, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn));
195
196 ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn)->next_bb
197 = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn);
198 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn)->prev_bb
199 = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fn);
200 }
201
202 void
203 init_empty_tree_cfg (void)
204 {
205 init_empty_tree_cfg_for_function (cfun);
206 }
207
208 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
209 Create basic blocks
210 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
211
212 /* Entry point to the CFG builder for trees. SEQ is the sequence of
213 statements to be added to the flowgraph. */
214
215 static void
216 build_gimple_cfg (gimple_seq seq)
217 {
218 /* Register specific gimple functions. */
219 gimple_register_cfg_hooks ();
220
221 memset ((void *) &cfg_stats, 0, sizeof (cfg_stats));
222
223 init_empty_tree_cfg ();
224
225 make_blocks (seq);
226
227 /* Make sure there is always at least one block, even if it's empty. */
228 if (n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) == NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS)
229 create_empty_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));
230
231 /* Adjust the size of the array. */
232 if (basic_block_info_for_fn (cfun)->length ()
233 < (size_t) n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun))
234 vec_safe_grow_cleared (basic_block_info_for_fn (cfun),
235 n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun));
236
237 /* To speed up statement iterator walks, we first purge dead labels. */
238 cleanup_dead_labels ();
239
240 /* Group case nodes to reduce the number of edges.
241 We do this after cleaning up dead labels because otherwise we miss
242 a lot of obvious case merging opportunities. */
243 group_case_labels ();
244
245 /* Create the edges of the flowgraph. */
246 discriminator_per_locus = new hash_table<locus_discrim_hasher> (13);
247 make_edges ();
248 assign_discriminators ();
249 cleanup_dead_labels ();
250 delete discriminator_per_locus;
251 discriminator_per_locus = NULL;
252 }
253
254 /* Look for ANNOTATE calls with loop annotation kind in BB; if found, remove
255 them and propagate the information to LOOP. We assume that the annotations
256 come immediately before the condition in BB, if any. */
257
258 static void
259 replace_loop_annotate_in_block (basic_block bb, class loop *loop)
260 {
261 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb);
262 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
263
264 if (!(stmt && gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND))
265 return;
266
267 for (gsi_prev_nondebug (&gsi); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_prev (&gsi))
268 {
269 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
270 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_CALL)
271 break;
272 if (!gimple_call_internal_p (stmt)
273 || gimple_call_internal_fn (stmt) != IFN_ANNOTATE)
274 break;
275
276 switch ((annot_expr_kind) tree_to_shwi (gimple_call_arg (stmt, 1)))
277 {
278 case annot_expr_ivdep_kind:
279 loop->safelen = INT_MAX;
280 break;
281 case annot_expr_unroll_kind:
282 loop->unroll
283 = (unsigned short) tree_to_shwi (gimple_call_arg (stmt, 2));
284 cfun->has_unroll = true;
285 break;
286 case annot_expr_no_vector_kind:
287 loop->dont_vectorize = true;
288 break;
289 case annot_expr_vector_kind:
290 loop->force_vectorize = true;
291 cfun->has_force_vectorize_loops = true;
292 break;
293 case annot_expr_parallel_kind:
294 loop->can_be_parallel = true;
295 loop->safelen = INT_MAX;
296 break;
297 default:
298 gcc_unreachable ();
299 }
300
301 stmt = gimple_build_assign (gimple_call_lhs (stmt),
302 gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0));
303 gsi_replace (&gsi, stmt, true);
304 }
305 }
306
307 /* Look for ANNOTATE calls with loop annotation kind; if found, remove
308 them and propagate the information to the loop. We assume that the
309 annotations come immediately before the condition of the loop. */
310
311 static void
312 replace_loop_annotate (void)
313 {
314 class loop *loop;
315 basic_block bb;
316 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
317 gimple *stmt;
318
319 FOR_EACH_LOOP (loop, 0)
320 {
321 /* First look into the header. */
322 replace_loop_annotate_in_block (loop->header, loop);
323
324 /* Then look into the latch, if any. */
325 if (loop->latch)
326 replace_loop_annotate_in_block (loop->latch, loop);
327 }
328
329 /* Remove IFN_ANNOTATE. Safeguard for the case loop->latch == NULL. */
330 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
331 {
332 for (gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_prev (&gsi))
333 {
334 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
335 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_CALL)
336 continue;
337 if (!gimple_call_internal_p (stmt)
338 || gimple_call_internal_fn (stmt) != IFN_ANNOTATE)
339 continue;
340
341 switch ((annot_expr_kind) tree_to_shwi (gimple_call_arg (stmt, 1)))
342 {
343 case annot_expr_ivdep_kind:
344 case annot_expr_unroll_kind:
345 case annot_expr_no_vector_kind:
346 case annot_expr_vector_kind:
347 case annot_expr_parallel_kind:
348 break;
349 default:
350 gcc_unreachable ();
351 }
352
353 warning_at (gimple_location (stmt), 0, "ignoring loop annotation");
354 stmt = gimple_build_assign (gimple_call_lhs (stmt),
355 gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0));
356 gsi_replace (&gsi, stmt, true);
357 }
358 }
359 }
360
361 static unsigned int
362 execute_build_cfg (void)
363 {
364 gimple_seq body = gimple_body (current_function_decl);
365
366 build_gimple_cfg (body);
367 gimple_set_body (current_function_decl, NULL);
368 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
369 {
370 fprintf (dump_file, "Scope blocks:\n");
371 dump_scope_blocks (dump_file, dump_flags);
372 }
373 cleanup_tree_cfg ();
374 loop_optimizer_init (AVOID_CFG_MODIFICATIONS);
375 replace_loop_annotate ();
376 return 0;
377 }
378
379 namespace {
380
381 const pass_data pass_data_build_cfg =
382 {
383 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */
384 "cfg", /* name */
385 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */
386 TV_TREE_CFG, /* tv_id */
387 PROP_gimple_leh, /* properties_required */
388 ( PROP_cfg | PROP_loops ), /* properties_provided */
389 0, /* properties_destroyed */
390 0, /* todo_flags_start */
391 0, /* todo_flags_finish */
392 };
393
394 class pass_build_cfg : public gimple_opt_pass
395 {
396 public:
397 pass_build_cfg (gcc::context *ctxt)
398 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_build_cfg, ctxt)
399 {}
400
401 /* opt_pass methods: */
402 virtual unsigned int execute (function *) { return execute_build_cfg (); }
403
404 }; // class pass_build_cfg
405
406 } // anon namespace
407
408 gimple_opt_pass *
409 make_pass_build_cfg (gcc::context *ctxt)
410 {
411 return new pass_build_cfg (ctxt);
412 }
413
414
415 /* Return true if T is a computed goto. */
416
417 bool
418 computed_goto_p (gimple *t)
419 {
420 return (gimple_code (t) == GIMPLE_GOTO
421 && TREE_CODE (gimple_goto_dest (t)) != LABEL_DECL);
422 }
423
424 /* Returns true if the sequence of statements STMTS only contains
425 a call to __builtin_unreachable (). */
426
427 bool
428 gimple_seq_unreachable_p (gimple_seq stmts)
429 {
430 if (stmts == NULL
431 /* Return false if -fsanitize=unreachable, we don't want to
432 optimize away those calls, but rather turn them into
433 __ubsan_handle_builtin_unreachable () or __builtin_trap ()
434 later. */
435 || sanitize_flags_p (SANITIZE_UNREACHABLE))
436 return false;
437
438 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last (stmts);
439
440 if (!gimple_call_builtin_p (gsi_stmt (gsi), BUILT_IN_UNREACHABLE))
441 return false;
442
443 for (gsi_prev (&gsi); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_prev (&gsi))
444 {
445 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
446 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL
447 && !is_gimple_debug (stmt)
448 && !gimple_clobber_p (stmt))
449 return false;
450 }
451 return true;
452 }
453
454 /* Returns true for edge E where e->src ends with a GIMPLE_COND and
455 the other edge points to a bb with just __builtin_unreachable ().
456 I.e. return true for C->M edge in:
457 <bb C>:
458 ...
459 if (something)
460 goto <bb N>;
461 else
462 goto <bb M>;
463 <bb N>:
464 __builtin_unreachable ();
465 <bb M>: */
466
467 bool
468 assert_unreachable_fallthru_edge_p (edge e)
469 {
470 basic_block pred_bb = e->src;
471 gimple *last = last_stmt (pred_bb);
472 if (last && gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_COND)
473 {
474 basic_block other_bb = EDGE_SUCC (pred_bb, 0)->dest;
475 if (other_bb == e->dest)
476 other_bb = EDGE_SUCC (pred_bb, 1)->dest;
477 if (EDGE_COUNT (other_bb->succs) == 0)
478 return gimple_seq_unreachable_p (bb_seq (other_bb));
479 }
480 return false;
481 }
482
483
484 /* Initialize GF_CALL_CTRL_ALTERING flag, which indicates the call
485 could alter control flow except via eh. We initialize the flag at
486 CFG build time and only ever clear it later. */
487
488 static void
489 gimple_call_initialize_ctrl_altering (gimple *stmt)
490 {
491 int flags = gimple_call_flags (stmt);
492
493 /* A call alters control flow if it can make an abnormal goto. */
494 if (call_can_make_abnormal_goto (stmt)
495 /* A call also alters control flow if it does not return. */
496 || flags & ECF_NORETURN
497 /* TM ending statements have backedges out of the transaction.
498 Return true so we split the basic block containing them.
499 Note that the TM_BUILTIN test is merely an optimization. */
500 || ((flags & ECF_TM_BUILTIN)
501 && is_tm_ending_fndecl (gimple_call_fndecl (stmt)))
502 /* BUILT_IN_RETURN call is same as return statement. */
503 || gimple_call_builtin_p (stmt, BUILT_IN_RETURN)
504 /* IFN_UNIQUE should be the last insn, to make checking for it
505 as cheap as possible. */
506 || (gimple_call_internal_p (stmt)
507 && gimple_call_internal_unique_p (stmt)))
508 gimple_call_set_ctrl_altering (stmt, true);
509 else
510 gimple_call_set_ctrl_altering (stmt, false);
511 }
512
513
514 /* Insert SEQ after BB and build a flowgraph. */
515
516 static basic_block
517 make_blocks_1 (gimple_seq seq, basic_block bb)
518 {
519 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_start (seq);
520 gimple *stmt = NULL;
521 gimple *prev_stmt = NULL;
522 bool start_new_block = true;
523 bool first_stmt_of_seq = true;
524
525 while (!gsi_end_p (i))
526 {
527 /* PREV_STMT should only be set to a debug stmt if the debug
528 stmt is before nondebug stmts. Once stmt reaches a nondebug
529 nonlabel, prev_stmt will be set to it, so that
530 stmt_starts_bb_p will know to start a new block if a label is
531 found. However, if stmt was a label after debug stmts only,
532 keep the label in prev_stmt even if we find further debug
533 stmts, for there may be other labels after them, and they
534 should land in the same block. */
535 if (!prev_stmt || !stmt || !is_gimple_debug (stmt))
536 prev_stmt = stmt;
537 stmt = gsi_stmt (i);
538
539 if (stmt && is_gimple_call (stmt))
540 gimple_call_initialize_ctrl_altering (stmt);
541
542 /* If the statement starts a new basic block or if we have determined
543 in a previous pass that we need to create a new block for STMT, do
544 so now. */
545 if (start_new_block || stmt_starts_bb_p (stmt, prev_stmt))
546 {
547 if (!first_stmt_of_seq)
548 gsi_split_seq_before (&i, &seq);
549 bb = create_basic_block (seq, bb);
550 start_new_block = false;
551 prev_stmt = NULL;
552 }
553
554 /* Now add STMT to BB and create the subgraphs for special statement
555 codes. */
556 gimple_set_bb (stmt, bb);
557
558 /* If STMT is a basic block terminator, set START_NEW_BLOCK for the
559 next iteration. */
560 if (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt))
561 {
562 /* If the stmt can make abnormal goto use a new temporary
563 for the assignment to the LHS. This makes sure the old value
564 of the LHS is available on the abnormal edge. Otherwise
565 we will end up with overlapping life-ranges for abnormal
566 SSA names. */
567 if (gimple_has_lhs (stmt)
568 && stmt_can_make_abnormal_goto (stmt)
569 && is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (gimple_get_lhs (stmt))))
570 {
571 tree lhs = gimple_get_lhs (stmt);
572 tree tmp = create_tmp_var (TREE_TYPE (lhs));
573 gimple *s = gimple_build_assign (lhs, tmp);
574 gimple_set_location (s, gimple_location (stmt));
575 gimple_set_block (s, gimple_block (stmt));
576 gimple_set_lhs (stmt, tmp);
577 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tmp)) == COMPLEX_TYPE
578 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tmp)) == VECTOR_TYPE)
579 DECL_GIMPLE_REG_P (tmp) = 1;
580 gsi_insert_after (&i, s, GSI_SAME_STMT);
581 }
582 start_new_block = true;
583 }
584
585 gsi_next (&i);
586 first_stmt_of_seq = false;
587 }
588 return bb;
589 }
590
591 /* Build a flowgraph for the sequence of stmts SEQ. */
592
593 static void
594 make_blocks (gimple_seq seq)
595 {
596 /* Look for debug markers right before labels, and move the debug
597 stmts after the labels. Accepting labels among debug markers
598 adds no value, just complexity; if we wanted to annotate labels
599 with view numbers (so sequencing among markers would matter) or
600 somesuch, we're probably better off still moving the labels, but
601 adding other debug annotations in their original positions or
602 emitting nonbind or bind markers associated with the labels in
603 the original position of the labels.
604
605 Moving labels would probably be simpler, but we can't do that:
606 moving labels assigns label ids to them, and doing so because of
607 debug markers makes for -fcompare-debug and possibly even codegen
608 differences. So, we have to move the debug stmts instead. To
609 that end, we scan SEQ backwards, marking the position of the
610 latest (earliest we find) label, and moving debug stmts that are
611 not separated from it by nondebug nonlabel stmts after the
612 label. */
613 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_MARKER_STMTS)
614 {
615 gimple_stmt_iterator label = gsi_none ();
616
617 for (gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_last (seq); !gsi_end_p (i); gsi_prev (&i))
618 {
619 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (i);
620
621 /* If this is the first label we encounter (latest in SEQ)
622 before nondebug stmts, record its position. */
623 if (is_a <glabel *> (stmt))
624 {
625 if (gsi_end_p (label))
626 label = i;
627 continue;
628 }
629
630 /* Without a recorded label position to move debug stmts to,
631 there's nothing to do. */
632 if (gsi_end_p (label))
633 continue;
634
635 /* Move the debug stmt at I after LABEL. */
636 if (is_gimple_debug (stmt))
637 {
638 gcc_assert (gimple_debug_nonbind_marker_p (stmt));
639 /* As STMT is removed, I advances to the stmt after
640 STMT, so the gsi_prev in the for "increment"
641 expression gets us to the stmt we're to visit after
642 STMT. LABEL, however, would advance to the moved
643 stmt if we passed it to gsi_move_after, so pass it a
644 copy instead, so as to keep LABEL pointing to the
645 LABEL. */
646 gimple_stmt_iterator copy = label;
647 gsi_move_after (&i, &copy);
648 continue;
649 }
650
651 /* There aren't any (more?) debug stmts before label, so
652 there isn't anything else to move after it. */
653 label = gsi_none ();
654 }
655 }
656
657 make_blocks_1 (seq, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));
658 }
659
660 /* Create and return a new empty basic block after bb AFTER. */
661
662 static basic_block
663 create_bb (void *h, void *e, basic_block after)
664 {
665 basic_block bb;
666
667 gcc_assert (!e);
668
669 /* Create and initialize a new basic block. Since alloc_block uses
670 GC allocation that clears memory to allocate a basic block, we do
671 not have to clear the newly allocated basic block here. */
672 bb = alloc_block ();
673
674 bb->index = last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun);
675 bb->flags = BB_NEW;
676 set_bb_seq (bb, h ? (gimple_seq) h : NULL);
677
678 /* Add the new block to the linked list of blocks. */
679 link_block (bb, after);
680
681 /* Grow the basic block array if needed. */
682 if ((size_t) last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun)
683 == basic_block_info_for_fn (cfun)->length ())
684 {
685 size_t new_size =
686 (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun)
687 + (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun) + 3) / 4);
688 vec_safe_grow_cleared (basic_block_info_for_fn (cfun), new_size);
689 }
690
691 /* Add the newly created block to the array. */
692 SET_BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun), bb);
693
694 n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun)++;
695 last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun)++;
696
697 return bb;
698 }
699
700
701 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
702 Edge creation
703 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
704
705 /* If basic block BB has an abnormal edge to a basic block
706 containing IFN_ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER internal call, return
707 that the dispatcher's basic block, otherwise return NULL. */
708
709 basic_block
710 get_abnormal_succ_dispatcher (basic_block bb)
711 {
712 edge e;
713 edge_iterator ei;
714
715 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
716 if ((e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH)) == EDGE_ABNORMAL)
717 {
718 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi
719 = gsi_start_nondebug_after_labels_bb (e->dest);
720 gimple *g = gsi_stmt (gsi);
721 if (g && gimple_call_internal_p (g, IFN_ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER))
722 return e->dest;
723 }
724 return NULL;
725 }
726
727 /* Helper function for make_edges. Create a basic block with
728 with ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER internal call in it if needed, and
729 create abnormal edges from BBS to it and from it to FOR_BB
730 if COMPUTED_GOTO is false, otherwise factor the computed gotos. */
731
732 static void
733 handle_abnormal_edges (basic_block *dispatcher_bbs,
734 basic_block for_bb, int *bb_to_omp_idx,
735 auto_vec<basic_block> *bbs, bool computed_goto)
736 {
737 basic_block *dispatcher = dispatcher_bbs + (computed_goto ? 1 : 0);
738 unsigned int idx = 0;
739 basic_block bb;
740 bool inner = false;
741
742 if (bb_to_omp_idx)
743 {
744 dispatcher = dispatcher_bbs + 2 * bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index];
745 if (bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index] != 0)
746 inner = true;
747 }
748
749 /* If the dispatcher has been created already, then there are basic
750 blocks with abnormal edges to it, so just make a new edge to
751 for_bb. */
752 if (*dispatcher == NULL)
753 {
754 /* Check if there are any basic blocks that need to have
755 abnormal edges to this dispatcher. If there are none, return
756 early. */
757 if (bb_to_omp_idx == NULL)
758 {
759 if (bbs->is_empty ())
760 return;
761 }
762 else
763 {
764 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs, idx, bb)
765 if (bb_to_omp_idx[bb->index] == bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index])
766 break;
767 if (bb == NULL)
768 return;
769 }
770
771 /* Create the dispatcher bb. */
772 *dispatcher = create_basic_block (NULL, for_bb);
773 if (computed_goto)
774 {
775 /* Factor computed gotos into a common computed goto site. Also
776 record the location of that site so that we can un-factor the
777 gotos after we have converted back to normal form. */
778 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_bb (*dispatcher);
779
780 /* Create the destination of the factored goto. Each original
781 computed goto will put its desired destination into this
782 variable and jump to the label we create immediately below. */
783 tree var = create_tmp_var (ptr_type_node, "gotovar");
784
785 /* Build a label for the new block which will contain the
786 factored computed goto. */
787 tree factored_label_decl
788 = create_artificial_label (UNKNOWN_LOCATION);
789 gimple *factored_computed_goto_label
790 = gimple_build_label (factored_label_decl);
791 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, factored_computed_goto_label, GSI_NEW_STMT);
792
793 /* Build our new computed goto. */
794 gimple *factored_computed_goto = gimple_build_goto (var);
795 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, factored_computed_goto, GSI_NEW_STMT);
796
797 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs, idx, bb)
798 {
799 if (bb_to_omp_idx
800 && bb_to_omp_idx[bb->index] != bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index])
801 continue;
802
803 gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb);
804 gimple *last = gsi_stmt (gsi);
805
806 gcc_assert (computed_goto_p (last));
807
808 /* Copy the original computed goto's destination into VAR. */
809 gimple *assignment
810 = gimple_build_assign (var, gimple_goto_dest (last));
811 gsi_insert_before (&gsi, assignment, GSI_SAME_STMT);
812
813 edge e = make_edge (bb, *dispatcher, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
814 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (last);
815 gsi_remove (&gsi, true);
816 }
817 }
818 else
819 {
820 tree arg = inner ? boolean_true_node : boolean_false_node;
821 gimple *g = gimple_build_call_internal (IFN_ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER,
822 1, arg);
823 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_after_labels (*dispatcher);
824 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, g, GSI_NEW_STMT);
825
826 /* Create predecessor edges of the dispatcher. */
827 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs, idx, bb)
828 {
829 if (bb_to_omp_idx
830 && bb_to_omp_idx[bb->index] != bb_to_omp_idx[for_bb->index])
831 continue;
832 make_edge (bb, *dispatcher, EDGE_ABNORMAL);
833 }
834 }
835 }
836
837 make_edge (*dispatcher, for_bb, EDGE_ABNORMAL);
838 }
839
840 /* Creates outgoing edges for BB. Returns 1 when it ends with an
841 computed goto, returns 2 when it ends with a statement that
842 might return to this function via an nonlocal goto, otherwise
843 return 0. Updates *PCUR_REGION with the OMP region this BB is in. */
844
845 static int
846 make_edges_bb (basic_block bb, struct omp_region **pcur_region, int *pomp_index)
847 {
848 gimple *last = last_stmt (bb);
849 bool fallthru = false;
850 int ret = 0;
851
852 if (!last)
853 return ret;
854
855 switch (gimple_code (last))
856 {
857 case GIMPLE_GOTO:
858 if (make_goto_expr_edges (bb))
859 ret = 1;
860 fallthru = false;
861 break;
862 case GIMPLE_RETURN:
863 {
864 edge e = make_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), 0);
865 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (last);
866 fallthru = false;
867 }
868 break;
869 case GIMPLE_COND:
870 make_cond_expr_edges (bb);
871 fallthru = false;
872 break;
873 case GIMPLE_SWITCH:
874 make_gimple_switch_edges (as_a <gswitch *> (last), bb);
875 fallthru = false;
876 break;
877 case GIMPLE_RESX:
878 make_eh_edges (last);
879 fallthru = false;
880 break;
881 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH:
882 fallthru = make_eh_dispatch_edges (as_a <geh_dispatch *> (last));
883 break;
884
885 case GIMPLE_CALL:
886 /* If this function receives a nonlocal goto, then we need to
887 make edges from this call site to all the nonlocal goto
888 handlers. */
889 if (stmt_can_make_abnormal_goto (last))
890 ret = 2;
891
892 /* If this statement has reachable exception handlers, then
893 create abnormal edges to them. */
894 make_eh_edges (last);
895
896 /* BUILTIN_RETURN is really a return statement. */
897 if (gimple_call_builtin_p (last, BUILT_IN_RETURN))
898 {
899 make_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), 0);
900 fallthru = false;
901 }
902 /* Some calls are known not to return. */
903 else
904 fallthru = !gimple_call_noreturn_p (last);
905 break;
906
907 case GIMPLE_ASSIGN:
908 /* A GIMPLE_ASSIGN may throw internally and thus be considered
909 control-altering. */
910 if (is_ctrl_altering_stmt (last))
911 make_eh_edges (last);
912 fallthru = true;
913 break;
914
915 case GIMPLE_ASM:
916 make_gimple_asm_edges (bb);
917 fallthru = true;
918 break;
919
920 CASE_GIMPLE_OMP:
921 fallthru = omp_make_gimple_edges (bb, pcur_region, pomp_index);
922 break;
923
924 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION:
925 {
926 gtransaction *txn = as_a <gtransaction *> (last);
927 tree label1 = gimple_transaction_label_norm (txn);
928 tree label2 = gimple_transaction_label_uninst (txn);
929
930 if (label1)
931 make_edge (bb, label_to_block (cfun, label1), EDGE_FALLTHRU);
932 if (label2)
933 make_edge (bb, label_to_block (cfun, label2),
934 EDGE_TM_UNINSTRUMENTED | (label1 ? 0 : EDGE_FALLTHRU));
935
936 tree label3 = gimple_transaction_label_over (txn);
937 if (gimple_transaction_subcode (txn)
938 & (GTMA_HAVE_ABORT | GTMA_IS_OUTER))
939 make_edge (bb, label_to_block (cfun, label3), EDGE_TM_ABORT);
940
941 fallthru = false;
942 }
943 break;
944
945 default:
946 gcc_assert (!stmt_ends_bb_p (last));
947 fallthru = true;
948 break;
949 }
950
951 if (fallthru)
952 make_edge (bb, bb->next_bb, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
953
954 return ret;
955 }
956
957 /* Join all the blocks in the flowgraph. */
958
959 static void
960 make_edges (void)
961 {
962 basic_block bb;
963 struct omp_region *cur_region = NULL;
964 auto_vec<basic_block> ab_edge_goto;
965 auto_vec<basic_block> ab_edge_call;
966 int *bb_to_omp_idx = NULL;
967 int cur_omp_region_idx = 0;
968
969 /* Create an edge from entry to the first block with executable
970 statements in it. */
971 make_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun),
972 BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS),
973 EDGE_FALLTHRU);
974
975 /* Traverse the basic block array placing edges. */
976 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
977 {
978 int mer;
979
980 if (bb_to_omp_idx)
981 bb_to_omp_idx[bb->index] = cur_omp_region_idx;
982
983 mer = make_edges_bb (bb, &cur_region, &cur_omp_region_idx);
984 if (mer == 1)
985 ab_edge_goto.safe_push (bb);
986 else if (mer == 2)
987 ab_edge_call.safe_push (bb);
988
989 if (cur_region && bb_to_omp_idx == NULL)
990 bb_to_omp_idx = XCNEWVEC (int, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun));
991 }
992
993 /* Computed gotos are hell to deal with, especially if there are
994 lots of them with a large number of destinations. So we factor
995 them to a common computed goto location before we build the
996 edge list. After we convert back to normal form, we will un-factor
997 the computed gotos since factoring introduces an unwanted jump.
998 For non-local gotos and abnormal edges from calls to calls that return
999 twice or forced labels, factor the abnormal edges too, by having all
1000 abnormal edges from the calls go to a common artificial basic block
1001 with ABNORMAL_DISPATCHER internal call and abnormal edges from that
1002 basic block to all forced labels and calls returning twice.
1003 We do this per-OpenMP structured block, because those regions
1004 are guaranteed to be single entry single exit by the standard,
1005 so it is not allowed to enter or exit such regions abnormally this way,
1006 thus all computed gotos, non-local gotos and setjmp/longjmp calls
1007 must not transfer control across SESE region boundaries. */
1008 if (!ab_edge_goto.is_empty () || !ab_edge_call.is_empty ())
1009 {
1010 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
1011 basic_block dispatcher_bb_array[2] = { NULL, NULL };
1012 basic_block *dispatcher_bbs = dispatcher_bb_array;
1013 int count = n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun);
1014
1015 if (bb_to_omp_idx)
1016 dispatcher_bbs = XCNEWVEC (basic_block, 2 * count);
1017
1018 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
1019 {
1020 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
1021 {
1022 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (gsi));
1023 tree target;
1024
1025 if (!label_stmt)
1026 break;
1027
1028 target = gimple_label_label (label_stmt);
1029
1030 /* Make an edge to every label block that has been marked as a
1031 potential target for a computed goto or a non-local goto. */
1032 if (FORCED_LABEL (target))
1033 handle_abnormal_edges (dispatcher_bbs, bb, bb_to_omp_idx,
1034 &ab_edge_goto, true);
1035 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (target))
1036 {
1037 handle_abnormal_edges (dispatcher_bbs, bb, bb_to_omp_idx,
1038 &ab_edge_call, false);
1039 break;
1040 }
1041 }
1042
1043 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi) && is_gimple_debug (gsi_stmt (gsi)))
1044 gsi_next_nondebug (&gsi);
1045 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi))
1046 {
1047 /* Make an edge to every setjmp-like call. */
1048 gimple *call_stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
1049 if (is_gimple_call (call_stmt)
1050 && ((gimple_call_flags (call_stmt) & ECF_RETURNS_TWICE)
1051 || gimple_call_builtin_p (call_stmt,
1052 BUILT_IN_SETJMP_RECEIVER)))
1053 handle_abnormal_edges (dispatcher_bbs, bb, bb_to_omp_idx,
1054 &ab_edge_call, false);
1055 }
1056 }
1057
1058 if (bb_to_omp_idx)
1059 XDELETE (dispatcher_bbs);
1060 }
1061
1062 XDELETE (bb_to_omp_idx);
1063
1064 omp_free_regions ();
1065 }
1066
1067 /* Add SEQ after GSI. Start new bb after GSI, and created further bbs as
1068 needed. Returns true if new bbs were created.
1069 Note: This is transitional code, and should not be used for new code. We
1070 should be able to get rid of this by rewriting all target va-arg
1071 gimplification hooks to use an interface gimple_build_cond_value as described
1072 in https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2015-02/msg01194.html. */
1073
1074 bool
1075 gimple_find_sub_bbs (gimple_seq seq, gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi)
1076 {
1077 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (*gsi);
1078 basic_block bb = gimple_bb (stmt);
1079 basic_block lastbb, afterbb;
1080 int old_num_bbs = n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun);
1081 edge e;
1082 lastbb = make_blocks_1 (seq, bb);
1083 if (old_num_bbs == n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun))
1084 return false;
1085 e = split_block (bb, stmt);
1086 /* Move e->dest to come after the new basic blocks. */
1087 afterbb = e->dest;
1088 unlink_block (afterbb);
1089 link_block (afterbb, lastbb);
1090 redirect_edge_succ (e, bb->next_bb);
1091 bb = bb->next_bb;
1092 while (bb != afterbb)
1093 {
1094 struct omp_region *cur_region = NULL;
1095 profile_count cnt = profile_count::zero ();
1096 bool all = true;
1097
1098 int cur_omp_region_idx = 0;
1099 int mer = make_edges_bb (bb, &cur_region, &cur_omp_region_idx);
1100 gcc_assert (!mer && !cur_region);
1101 add_bb_to_loop (bb, afterbb->loop_father);
1102
1103 edge e;
1104 edge_iterator ei;
1105 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
1106 {
1107 if (e->count ().initialized_p ())
1108 cnt += e->count ();
1109 else
1110 all = false;
1111 }
1112 tree_guess_outgoing_edge_probabilities (bb);
1113 if (all || profile_status_for_fn (cfun) == PROFILE_READ)
1114 bb->count = cnt;
1115
1116 bb = bb->next_bb;
1117 }
1118 return true;
1119 }
1120
1121 /* Find the next available discriminator value for LOCUS. The
1122 discriminator distinguishes among several basic blocks that
1123 share a common locus, allowing for more accurate sample-based
1124 profiling. */
1125
1126 static int
1127 next_discriminator_for_locus (int line)
1128 {
1129 struct locus_discrim_map item;
1130 struct locus_discrim_map **slot;
1131
1132 item.location_line = line;
1133 item.discriminator = 0;
1134 slot = discriminator_per_locus->find_slot_with_hash (&item, line, INSERT);
1135 gcc_assert (slot);
1136 if (*slot == HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
1137 {
1138 *slot = XNEW (struct locus_discrim_map);
1139 gcc_assert (*slot);
1140 (*slot)->location_line = line;
1141 (*slot)->discriminator = 0;
1142 }
1143 (*slot)->discriminator++;
1144 return (*slot)->discriminator;
1145 }
1146
1147 /* Return TRUE if LOCUS1 and LOCUS2 refer to the same source line. */
1148
1149 static bool
1150 same_line_p (location_t locus1, expanded_location *from, location_t locus2)
1151 {
1152 expanded_location to;
1153
1154 if (locus1 == locus2)
1155 return true;
1156
1157 to = expand_location (locus2);
1158
1159 if (from->line != to.line)
1160 return false;
1161 if (from->file == to.file)
1162 return true;
1163 return (from->file != NULL
1164 && to.file != NULL
1165 && filename_cmp (from->file, to.file) == 0);
1166 }
1167
1168 /* Assign discriminators to each basic block. */
1169
1170 static void
1171 assign_discriminators (void)
1172 {
1173 basic_block bb;
1174
1175 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
1176 {
1177 edge e;
1178 edge_iterator ei;
1179 gimple *last = last_stmt (bb);
1180 location_t locus = last ? gimple_location (last) : UNKNOWN_LOCATION;
1181
1182 if (locus == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
1183 continue;
1184
1185 expanded_location locus_e = expand_location (locus);
1186
1187 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
1188 {
1189 gimple *first = first_non_label_stmt (e->dest);
1190 gimple *last = last_stmt (e->dest);
1191 if ((first && same_line_p (locus, &locus_e,
1192 gimple_location (first)))
1193 || (last && same_line_p (locus, &locus_e,
1194 gimple_location (last))))
1195 {
1196 if (e->dest->discriminator != 0 && bb->discriminator == 0)
1197 bb->discriminator
1198 = next_discriminator_for_locus (locus_e.line);
1199 else
1200 e->dest->discriminator
1201 = next_discriminator_for_locus (locus_e.line);
1202 }
1203 }
1204 }
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Create the edges for a GIMPLE_COND starting at block BB. */
1208
1209 static void
1210 make_cond_expr_edges (basic_block bb)
1211 {
1212 gcond *entry = as_a <gcond *> (last_stmt (bb));
1213 gimple *then_stmt, *else_stmt;
1214 basic_block then_bb, else_bb;
1215 tree then_label, else_label;
1216 edge e;
1217
1218 gcc_assert (entry);
1219 gcc_assert (gimple_code (entry) == GIMPLE_COND);
1220
1221 /* Entry basic blocks for each component. */
1222 then_label = gimple_cond_true_label (entry);
1223 else_label = gimple_cond_false_label (entry);
1224 then_bb = label_to_block (cfun, then_label);
1225 else_bb = label_to_block (cfun, else_label);
1226 then_stmt = first_stmt (then_bb);
1227 else_stmt = first_stmt (else_bb);
1228
1229 e = make_edge (bb, then_bb, EDGE_TRUE_VALUE);
1230 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (then_stmt);
1231 e = make_edge (bb, else_bb, EDGE_FALSE_VALUE);
1232 if (e)
1233 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (else_stmt);
1234
1235 /* We do not need the labels anymore. */
1236 gimple_cond_set_true_label (entry, NULL_TREE);
1237 gimple_cond_set_false_label (entry, NULL_TREE);
1238 }
1239
1240
1241 /* Called for each element in the hash table (P) as we delete the
1242 edge to cases hash table.
1243
1244 Clear all the CASE_CHAINs to prevent problems with copying of
1245 SWITCH_EXPRs and structure sharing rules, then free the hash table
1246 element. */
1247
1248 bool
1249 edge_to_cases_cleanup (edge const &, tree const &value, void *)
1250 {
1251 tree t, next;
1252
1253 for (t = value; t; t = next)
1254 {
1255 next = CASE_CHAIN (t);
1256 CASE_CHAIN (t) = NULL;
1257 }
1258
1259 return true;
1260 }
1261
1262 /* Start recording information mapping edges to case labels. */
1263
1264 void
1265 start_recording_case_labels (void)
1266 {
1267 gcc_assert (edge_to_cases == NULL);
1268 edge_to_cases = new hash_map<edge, tree>;
1269 touched_switch_bbs = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
1270 }
1271
1272 /* Return nonzero if we are recording information for case labels. */
1273
1274 static bool
1275 recording_case_labels_p (void)
1276 {
1277 return (edge_to_cases != NULL);
1278 }
1279
1280 /* Stop recording information mapping edges to case labels and
1281 remove any information we have recorded. */
1282 void
1283 end_recording_case_labels (void)
1284 {
1285 bitmap_iterator bi;
1286 unsigned i;
1287 edge_to_cases->traverse<void *, edge_to_cases_cleanup> (NULL);
1288 delete edge_to_cases;
1289 edge_to_cases = NULL;
1290 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (touched_switch_bbs, 0, i, bi)
1291 {
1292 basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i);
1293 if (bb)
1294 {
1295 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb);
1296 if (stmt && gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
1297 group_case_labels_stmt (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt));
1298 }
1299 }
1300 BITMAP_FREE (touched_switch_bbs);
1301 }
1302
1303 /* If we are inside a {start,end}_recording_cases block, then return
1304 a chain of CASE_LABEL_EXPRs from T which reference E.
1305
1306 Otherwise return NULL. */
1307
1308 static tree
1309 get_cases_for_edge (edge e, gswitch *t)
1310 {
1311 tree *slot;
1312 size_t i, n;
1313
1314 /* If we are not recording cases, then we do not have CASE_LABEL_EXPR
1315 chains available. Return NULL so the caller can detect this case. */
1316 if (!recording_case_labels_p ())
1317 return NULL;
1318
1319 slot = edge_to_cases->get (e);
1320 if (slot)
1321 return *slot;
1322
1323 /* If we did not find E in the hash table, then this must be the first
1324 time we have been queried for information about E & T. Add all the
1325 elements from T to the hash table then perform the query again. */
1326
1327 n = gimple_switch_num_labels (t);
1328 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
1329 {
1330 tree elt = gimple_switch_label (t, i);
1331 tree lab = CASE_LABEL (elt);
1332 basic_block label_bb = label_to_block (cfun, lab);
1333 edge this_edge = find_edge (e->src, label_bb);
1334
1335 /* Add it to the chain of CASE_LABEL_EXPRs referencing E, or create
1336 a new chain. */
1337 tree &s = edge_to_cases->get_or_insert (this_edge);
1338 CASE_CHAIN (elt) = s;
1339 s = elt;
1340 }
1341
1342 return *edge_to_cases->get (e);
1343 }
1344
1345 /* Create the edges for a GIMPLE_SWITCH starting at block BB. */
1346
1347 static void
1348 make_gimple_switch_edges (gswitch *entry, basic_block bb)
1349 {
1350 size_t i, n;
1351
1352 n = gimple_switch_num_labels (entry);
1353
1354 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
1355 {
1356 basic_block label_bb = gimple_switch_label_bb (cfun, entry, i);
1357 make_edge (bb, label_bb, 0);
1358 }
1359 }
1360
1361
1362 /* Return the basic block holding label DEST. */
1363
1364 basic_block
1365 label_to_block (struct function *ifun, tree dest)
1366 {
1367 int uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (dest);
1368
1369 /* We would die hard when faced by an undefined label. Emit a label to
1370 the very first basic block. This will hopefully make even the dataflow
1371 and undefined variable warnings quite right. */
1372 if (seen_error () && uid < 0)
1373 {
1374 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi =
1375 gsi_start_bb (BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS));
1376 gimple *stmt;
1377
1378 stmt = gimple_build_label (dest);
1379 gsi_insert_before (&gsi, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT);
1380 uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (dest);
1381 }
1382 if (vec_safe_length (ifun->cfg->x_label_to_block_map) <= (unsigned int) uid)
1383 return NULL;
1384 return (*ifun->cfg->x_label_to_block_map)[uid];
1385 }
1386
1387 /* Create edges for a goto statement at block BB. Returns true
1388 if abnormal edges should be created. */
1389
1390 static bool
1391 make_goto_expr_edges (basic_block bb)
1392 {
1393 gimple_stmt_iterator last = gsi_last_bb (bb);
1394 gimple *goto_t = gsi_stmt (last);
1395
1396 /* A simple GOTO creates normal edges. */
1397 if (simple_goto_p (goto_t))
1398 {
1399 tree dest = gimple_goto_dest (goto_t);
1400 basic_block label_bb = label_to_block (cfun, dest);
1401 edge e = make_edge (bb, label_bb, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
1402 e->goto_locus = gimple_location (goto_t);
1403 gsi_remove (&last, true);
1404 return false;
1405 }
1406
1407 /* A computed GOTO creates abnormal edges. */
1408 return true;
1409 }
1410
1411 /* Create edges for an asm statement with labels at block BB. */
1412
1413 static void
1414 make_gimple_asm_edges (basic_block bb)
1415 {
1416 gasm *stmt = as_a <gasm *> (last_stmt (bb));
1417 int i, n = gimple_asm_nlabels (stmt);
1418
1419 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
1420 {
1421 tree label = TREE_VALUE (gimple_asm_label_op (stmt, i));
1422 basic_block label_bb = label_to_block (cfun, label);
1423 make_edge (bb, label_bb, 0);
1424 }
1425 }
1426
1427 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1428 Flowgraph analysis
1429 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1430
1431 /* Cleanup useless labels in basic blocks. This is something we wish
1432 to do early because it allows us to group case labels before creating
1433 the edges for the CFG, and it speeds up block statement iterators in
1434 all passes later on.
1435 We rerun this pass after CFG is created, to get rid of the labels that
1436 are no longer referenced. After then we do not run it any more, since
1437 (almost) no new labels should be created. */
1438
1439 /* A map from basic block index to the leading label of that block. */
1440 struct label_record
1441 {
1442 /* The label. */
1443 tree label;
1444
1445 /* True if the label is referenced from somewhere. */
1446 bool used;
1447 };
1448
1449 /* Given LABEL return the first label in the same basic block. */
1450
1451 static tree
1452 main_block_label (tree label, label_record *label_for_bb)
1453 {
1454 basic_block bb = label_to_block (cfun, label);
1455 tree main_label = label_for_bb[bb->index].label;
1456
1457 /* label_to_block possibly inserted undefined label into the chain. */
1458 if (!main_label)
1459 {
1460 label_for_bb[bb->index].label = label;
1461 main_label = label;
1462 }
1463
1464 label_for_bb[bb->index].used = true;
1465 return main_label;
1466 }
1467
1468 /* Clean up redundant labels within the exception tree. */
1469
1470 static void
1471 cleanup_dead_labels_eh (label_record *label_for_bb)
1472 {
1473 eh_landing_pad lp;
1474 eh_region r;
1475 tree lab;
1476 int i;
1477
1478 if (cfun->eh == NULL)
1479 return;
1480
1481 for (i = 1; vec_safe_iterate (cfun->eh->lp_array, i, &lp); ++i)
1482 if (lp && lp->post_landing_pad)
1483 {
1484 lab = main_block_label (lp->post_landing_pad, label_for_bb);
1485 if (lab != lp->post_landing_pad)
1486 {
1487 EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (lp->post_landing_pad) = 0;
1488 EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (lab) = lp->index;
1489 }
1490 }
1491
1492 FOR_ALL_EH_REGION (r)
1493 switch (r->type)
1494 {
1495 case ERT_CLEANUP:
1496 case ERT_MUST_NOT_THROW:
1497 break;
1498
1499 case ERT_TRY:
1500 {
1501 eh_catch c;
1502 for (c = r->u.eh_try.first_catch; c ; c = c->next_catch)
1503 {
1504 lab = c->label;
1505 if (lab)
1506 c->label = main_block_label (lab, label_for_bb);
1507 }
1508 }
1509 break;
1510
1511 case ERT_ALLOWED_EXCEPTIONS:
1512 lab = r->u.allowed.label;
1513 if (lab)
1514 r->u.allowed.label = main_block_label (lab, label_for_bb);
1515 break;
1516 }
1517 }
1518
1519
1520 /* Cleanup redundant labels. This is a three-step process:
1521 1) Find the leading label for each block.
1522 2) Redirect all references to labels to the leading labels.
1523 3) Cleanup all useless labels. */
1524
1525 void
1526 cleanup_dead_labels (void)
1527 {
1528 basic_block bb;
1529 label_record *label_for_bb = XCNEWVEC (struct label_record,
1530 last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
1531
1532 /* Find a suitable label for each block. We use the first user-defined
1533 label if there is one, or otherwise just the first label we see. */
1534 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
1535 {
1536 gimple_stmt_iterator i;
1537
1538 for (i = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (i); gsi_next (&i))
1539 {
1540 tree label;
1541 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (i));
1542
1543 if (!label_stmt)
1544 break;
1545
1546 label = gimple_label_label (label_stmt);
1547
1548 /* If we have not yet seen a label for the current block,
1549 remember this one and see if there are more labels. */
1550 if (!label_for_bb[bb->index].label)
1551 {
1552 label_for_bb[bb->index].label = label;
1553 continue;
1554 }
1555
1556 /* If we did see a label for the current block already, but it
1557 is an artificially created label, replace it if the current
1558 label is a user defined label. */
1559 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (label)
1560 && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (label_for_bb[bb->index].label))
1561 {
1562 label_for_bb[bb->index].label = label;
1563 break;
1564 }
1565 }
1566 }
1567
1568 /* Now redirect all jumps/branches to the selected label.
1569 First do so for each block ending in a control statement. */
1570 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
1571 {
1572 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb);
1573 tree label, new_label;
1574
1575 if (!stmt)
1576 continue;
1577
1578 switch (gimple_code (stmt))
1579 {
1580 case GIMPLE_COND:
1581 {
1582 gcond *cond_stmt = as_a <gcond *> (stmt);
1583 label = gimple_cond_true_label (cond_stmt);
1584 if (label)
1585 {
1586 new_label = main_block_label (label, label_for_bb);
1587 if (new_label != label)
1588 gimple_cond_set_true_label (cond_stmt, new_label);
1589 }
1590
1591 label = gimple_cond_false_label (cond_stmt);
1592 if (label)
1593 {
1594 new_label = main_block_label (label, label_for_bb);
1595 if (new_label != label)
1596 gimple_cond_set_false_label (cond_stmt, new_label);
1597 }
1598 }
1599 break;
1600
1601 case GIMPLE_SWITCH:
1602 {
1603 gswitch *switch_stmt = as_a <gswitch *> (stmt);
1604 size_t i, n = gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt);
1605
1606 /* Replace all destination labels. */
1607 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
1608 {
1609 tree case_label = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i);
1610 label = CASE_LABEL (case_label);
1611 new_label = main_block_label (label, label_for_bb);
1612 if (new_label != label)
1613 CASE_LABEL (case_label) = new_label;
1614 }
1615 break;
1616 }
1617
1618 case GIMPLE_ASM:
1619 {
1620 gasm *asm_stmt = as_a <gasm *> (stmt);
1621 int i, n = gimple_asm_nlabels (asm_stmt);
1622
1623 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
1624 {
1625 tree cons = gimple_asm_label_op (asm_stmt, i);
1626 tree label = main_block_label (TREE_VALUE (cons), label_for_bb);
1627 TREE_VALUE (cons) = label;
1628 }
1629 break;
1630 }
1631
1632 /* We have to handle gotos until they're removed, and we don't
1633 remove them until after we've created the CFG edges. */
1634 case GIMPLE_GOTO:
1635 if (!computed_goto_p (stmt))
1636 {
1637 ggoto *goto_stmt = as_a <ggoto *> (stmt);
1638 label = gimple_goto_dest (goto_stmt);
1639 new_label = main_block_label (label, label_for_bb);
1640 if (new_label != label)
1641 gimple_goto_set_dest (goto_stmt, new_label);
1642 }
1643 break;
1644
1645 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION:
1646 {
1647 gtransaction *txn = as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt);
1648
1649 label = gimple_transaction_label_norm (txn);
1650 if (label)
1651 {
1652 new_label = main_block_label (label, label_for_bb);
1653 if (new_label != label)
1654 gimple_transaction_set_label_norm (txn, new_label);
1655 }
1656
1657 label = gimple_transaction_label_uninst (txn);
1658 if (label)
1659 {
1660 new_label = main_block_label (label, label_for_bb);
1661 if (new_label != label)
1662 gimple_transaction_set_label_uninst (txn, new_label);
1663 }
1664
1665 label = gimple_transaction_label_over (txn);
1666 if (label)
1667 {
1668 new_label = main_block_label (label, label_for_bb);
1669 if (new_label != label)
1670 gimple_transaction_set_label_over (txn, new_label);
1671 }
1672 }
1673 break;
1674
1675 default:
1676 break;
1677 }
1678 }
1679
1680 /* Do the same for the exception region tree labels. */
1681 cleanup_dead_labels_eh (label_for_bb);
1682
1683 /* Finally, purge dead labels. All user-defined labels and labels that
1684 can be the target of non-local gotos and labels which have their
1685 address taken are preserved. */
1686 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
1687 {
1688 gimple_stmt_iterator i;
1689 tree label_for_this_bb = label_for_bb[bb->index].label;
1690
1691 if (!label_for_this_bb)
1692 continue;
1693
1694 /* If the main label of the block is unused, we may still remove it. */
1695 if (!label_for_bb[bb->index].used)
1696 label_for_this_bb = NULL;
1697
1698 for (i = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (i); )
1699 {
1700 tree label;
1701 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (i));
1702
1703 if (!label_stmt)
1704 break;
1705
1706 label = gimple_label_label (label_stmt);
1707
1708 if (label == label_for_this_bb
1709 || !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (label)
1710 || DECL_NONLOCAL (label)
1711 || FORCED_LABEL (label))
1712 gsi_next (&i);
1713 else
1714 gsi_remove (&i, true);
1715 }
1716 }
1717
1718 free (label_for_bb);
1719 }
1720
1721 /* Scan the sorted vector of cases in STMT (a GIMPLE_SWITCH) and combine
1722 the ones jumping to the same label.
1723 Eg. three separate entries 1: 2: 3: become one entry 1..3: */
1724
1725 bool
1726 group_case_labels_stmt (gswitch *stmt)
1727 {
1728 int old_size = gimple_switch_num_labels (stmt);
1729 int i, next_index, new_size;
1730 basic_block default_bb = NULL;
1731
1732 default_bb = gimple_switch_default_bb (cfun, stmt);
1733
1734 /* Look for possible opportunities to merge cases. */
1735 new_size = i = 1;
1736 while (i < old_size)
1737 {
1738 tree base_case, base_high;
1739 basic_block base_bb;
1740
1741 base_case = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i);
1742
1743 gcc_assert (base_case);
1744 base_bb = label_to_block (cfun, CASE_LABEL (base_case));
1745
1746 /* Discard cases that have the same destination as the default case or
1747 whose destiniation blocks have already been removed as unreachable. */
1748 if (base_bb == NULL || base_bb == default_bb)
1749 {
1750 i++;
1751 continue;
1752 }
1753
1754 base_high = CASE_HIGH (base_case)
1755 ? CASE_HIGH (base_case)
1756 : CASE_LOW (base_case);
1757 next_index = i + 1;
1758
1759 /* Try to merge case labels. Break out when we reach the end
1760 of the label vector or when we cannot merge the next case
1761 label with the current one. */
1762 while (next_index < old_size)
1763 {
1764 tree merge_case = gimple_switch_label (stmt, next_index);
1765 basic_block merge_bb = label_to_block (cfun, CASE_LABEL (merge_case));
1766 wide_int bhp1 = wi::to_wide (base_high) + 1;
1767
1768 /* Merge the cases if they jump to the same place,
1769 and their ranges are consecutive. */
1770 if (merge_bb == base_bb
1771 && wi::to_wide (CASE_LOW (merge_case)) == bhp1)
1772 {
1773 base_high = CASE_HIGH (merge_case) ?
1774 CASE_HIGH (merge_case) : CASE_LOW (merge_case);
1775 CASE_HIGH (base_case) = base_high;
1776 next_index++;
1777 }
1778 else
1779 break;
1780 }
1781
1782 /* Discard cases that have an unreachable destination block. */
1783 if (EDGE_COUNT (base_bb->succs) == 0
1784 && gimple_seq_unreachable_p (bb_seq (base_bb))
1785 /* Don't optimize this if __builtin_unreachable () is the
1786 implicitly added one by the C++ FE too early, before
1787 -Wreturn-type can be diagnosed. We'll optimize it later
1788 during switchconv pass or any other cfg cleanup. */
1789 && (gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun)
1790 || (LOCATION_LOCUS (gimple_location (last_stmt (base_bb)))
1791 != BUILTINS_LOCATION)))
1792 {
1793 edge base_edge = find_edge (gimple_bb (stmt), base_bb);
1794 if (base_edge != NULL)
1795 remove_edge_and_dominated_blocks (base_edge);
1796 i = next_index;
1797 continue;
1798 }
1799
1800 if (new_size < i)
1801 gimple_switch_set_label (stmt, new_size,
1802 gimple_switch_label (stmt, i));
1803 i = next_index;
1804 new_size++;
1805 }
1806
1807 gcc_assert (new_size <= old_size);
1808
1809 if (new_size < old_size)
1810 gimple_switch_set_num_labels (stmt, new_size);
1811
1812 return new_size < old_size;
1813 }
1814
1815 /* Look for blocks ending in a multiway branch (a GIMPLE_SWITCH),
1816 and scan the sorted vector of cases. Combine the ones jumping to the
1817 same label. */
1818
1819 bool
1820 group_case_labels (void)
1821 {
1822 basic_block bb;
1823 bool changed = false;
1824
1825 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
1826 {
1827 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb);
1828 if (stmt && gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
1829 changed |= group_case_labels_stmt (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt));
1830 }
1831
1832 return changed;
1833 }
1834
1835 /* Checks whether we can merge block B into block A. */
1836
1837 static bool
1838 gimple_can_merge_blocks_p (basic_block a, basic_block b)
1839 {
1840 gimple *stmt;
1841
1842 if (!single_succ_p (a))
1843 return false;
1844
1845 if (single_succ_edge (a)->flags & EDGE_COMPLEX)
1846 return false;
1847
1848 if (single_succ (a) != b)
1849 return false;
1850
1851 if (!single_pred_p (b))
1852 return false;
1853
1854 if (a == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)
1855 || b == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
1856 return false;
1857
1858 /* If A ends by a statement causing exceptions or something similar, we
1859 cannot merge the blocks. */
1860 stmt = last_stmt (a);
1861 if (stmt && stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt))
1862 return false;
1863
1864 /* Do not allow a block with only a non-local label to be merged. */
1865 if (stmt)
1866 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt))
1867 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)))
1868 return false;
1869
1870 /* Examine the labels at the beginning of B. */
1871 for (gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_bb (b); !gsi_end_p (gsi);
1872 gsi_next (&gsi))
1873 {
1874 tree lab;
1875 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (gsi));
1876 if (!label_stmt)
1877 break;
1878 lab = gimple_label_label (label_stmt);
1879
1880 /* Do not remove user forced labels or for -O0 any user labels. */
1881 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (lab) && (!optimize || FORCED_LABEL (lab)))
1882 return false;
1883 }
1884
1885 /* Protect simple loop latches. We only want to avoid merging
1886 the latch with the loop header or with a block in another
1887 loop in this case. */
1888 if (current_loops
1889 && b->loop_father->latch == b
1890 && loops_state_satisfies_p (LOOPS_HAVE_SIMPLE_LATCHES)
1891 && (b->loop_father->header == a
1892 || b->loop_father != a->loop_father))
1893 return false;
1894
1895 /* It must be possible to eliminate all phi nodes in B. If ssa form
1896 is not up-to-date and a name-mapping is registered, we cannot eliminate
1897 any phis. Symbols marked for renaming are never a problem though. */
1898 for (gphi_iterator gsi = gsi_start_phis (b); !gsi_end_p (gsi);
1899 gsi_next (&gsi))
1900 {
1901 gphi *phi = gsi.phi ();
1902 /* Technically only new names matter. */
1903 if (name_registered_for_update_p (PHI_RESULT (phi)))
1904 return false;
1905 }
1906
1907 /* When not optimizing, don't merge if we'd lose goto_locus. */
1908 if (!optimize
1909 && single_succ_edge (a)->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
1910 {
1911 location_t goto_locus = single_succ_edge (a)->goto_locus;
1912 gimple_stmt_iterator prev, next;
1913 prev = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (a);
1914 next = gsi_after_labels (b);
1915 if (!gsi_end_p (next) && is_gimple_debug (gsi_stmt (next)))
1916 gsi_next_nondebug (&next);
1917 if ((gsi_end_p (prev)
1918 || gimple_location (gsi_stmt (prev)) != goto_locus)
1919 && (gsi_end_p (next)
1920 || gimple_location (gsi_stmt (next)) != goto_locus))
1921 return false;
1922 }
1923
1924 return true;
1925 }
1926
1927 /* Replaces all uses of NAME by VAL. */
1928
1929 void
1930 replace_uses_by (tree name, tree val)
1931 {
1932 imm_use_iterator imm_iter;
1933 use_operand_p use;
1934 gimple *stmt;
1935 edge e;
1936
1937 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (stmt, imm_iter, name)
1938 {
1939 /* Mark the block if we change the last stmt in it. */
1940 if (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs
1941 && stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt))
1942 bitmap_set_bit (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, gimple_bb (stmt)->index);
1943
1944 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use, imm_iter)
1945 {
1946 replace_exp (use, val);
1947
1948 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_PHI)
1949 {
1950 e = gimple_phi_arg_edge (as_a <gphi *> (stmt),
1951 PHI_ARG_INDEX_FROM_USE (use));
1952 if (e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL
1953 && !SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (val))
1954 {
1955 /* This can only occur for virtual operands, since
1956 for the real ones SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (name))
1957 would prevent replacement. */
1958 gcc_checking_assert (virtual_operand_p (name));
1959 SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (val) = 1;
1960 }
1961 }
1962 }
1963
1964 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_PHI)
1965 {
1966 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_for_stmt (stmt);
1967 gimple *orig_stmt = stmt;
1968 size_t i;
1969
1970 /* FIXME. It shouldn't be required to keep TREE_CONSTANT
1971 on ADDR_EXPRs up-to-date on GIMPLE. Propagation will
1972 only change sth from non-invariant to invariant, and only
1973 when propagating constants. */
1974 if (is_gimple_min_invariant (val))
1975 for (i = 0; i < gimple_num_ops (stmt); i++)
1976 {
1977 tree op = gimple_op (stmt, i);
1978 /* Operands may be empty here. For example, the labels
1979 of a GIMPLE_COND are nulled out following the creation
1980 of the corresponding CFG edges. */
1981 if (op && TREE_CODE (op) == ADDR_EXPR)
1982 recompute_tree_invariant_for_addr_expr (op);
1983 }
1984
1985 if (fold_stmt (&gsi))
1986 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
1987
1988 if (maybe_clean_or_replace_eh_stmt (orig_stmt, stmt))
1989 gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges (gimple_bb (stmt));
1990
1991 update_stmt (stmt);
1992 }
1993 }
1994
1995 gcc_checking_assert (has_zero_uses (name));
1996
1997 /* Also update the trees stored in loop structures. */
1998 if (current_loops)
1999 {
2000 class loop *loop;
2001
2002 FOR_EACH_LOOP (loop, 0)
2003 {
2004 substitute_in_loop_info (loop, name, val);
2005 }
2006 }
2007 }
2008
2009 /* Merge block B into block A. */
2010
2011 static void
2012 gimple_merge_blocks (basic_block a, basic_block b)
2013 {
2014 gimple_stmt_iterator last, gsi;
2015 gphi_iterator psi;
2016
2017 if (dump_file)
2018 fprintf (dump_file, "Merging blocks %d and %d\n", a->index, b->index);
2019
2020 /* Remove all single-valued PHI nodes from block B of the form
2021 V_i = PHI <V_j> by propagating V_j to all the uses of V_i. */
2022 gsi = gsi_last_bb (a);
2023 for (psi = gsi_start_phis (b); !gsi_end_p (psi); )
2024 {
2025 gimple *phi = gsi_stmt (psi);
2026 tree def = gimple_phi_result (phi), use = gimple_phi_arg_def (phi, 0);
2027 gimple *copy;
2028 bool may_replace_uses = (virtual_operand_p (def)
2029 || may_propagate_copy (def, use));
2030
2031 /* In case we maintain loop closed ssa form, do not propagate arguments
2032 of loop exit phi nodes. */
2033 if (current_loops
2034 && loops_state_satisfies_p (LOOP_CLOSED_SSA)
2035 && !virtual_operand_p (def)
2036 && TREE_CODE (use) == SSA_NAME
2037 && a->loop_father != b->loop_father)
2038 may_replace_uses = false;
2039
2040 if (!may_replace_uses)
2041 {
2042 gcc_assert (!virtual_operand_p (def));
2043
2044 /* Note that just emitting the copies is fine -- there is no problem
2045 with ordering of phi nodes. This is because A is the single
2046 predecessor of B, therefore results of the phi nodes cannot
2047 appear as arguments of the phi nodes. */
2048 copy = gimple_build_assign (def, use);
2049 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, copy, GSI_NEW_STMT);
2050 remove_phi_node (&psi, false);
2051 }
2052 else
2053 {
2054 /* If we deal with a PHI for virtual operands, we can simply
2055 propagate these without fussing with folding or updating
2056 the stmt. */
2057 if (virtual_operand_p (def))
2058 {
2059 imm_use_iterator iter;
2060 use_operand_p use_p;
2061 gimple *stmt;
2062
2063 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (stmt, iter, def)
2064 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use_p, iter)
2065 SET_USE (use_p, use);
2066
2067 if (SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (def))
2068 SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (use) = 1;
2069 }
2070 else
2071 replace_uses_by (def, use);
2072
2073 remove_phi_node (&psi, true);
2074 }
2075 }
2076
2077 /* Ensure that B follows A. */
2078 move_block_after (b, a);
2079
2080 gcc_assert (single_succ_edge (a)->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU);
2081 gcc_assert (!last_stmt (a) || !stmt_ends_bb_p (last_stmt (a)));
2082
2083 /* Remove labels from B and set gimple_bb to A for other statements. */
2084 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (b); !gsi_end_p (gsi);)
2085 {
2086 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
2087 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt))
2088 {
2089 tree label = gimple_label_label (label_stmt);
2090 int lp_nr;
2091
2092 gsi_remove (&gsi, false);
2093
2094 /* Now that we can thread computed gotos, we might have
2095 a situation where we have a forced label in block B
2096 However, the label at the start of block B might still be
2097 used in other ways (think about the runtime checking for
2098 Fortran assigned gotos). So we cannot just delete the
2099 label. Instead we move the label to the start of block A. */
2100 if (FORCED_LABEL (label))
2101 {
2102 gimple_stmt_iterator dest_gsi = gsi_start_bb (a);
2103 gsi_insert_before (&dest_gsi, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT);
2104 }
2105 /* Other user labels keep around in a form of a debug stmt. */
2106 else if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (label) && MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_STMTS)
2107 {
2108 gimple *dbg = gimple_build_debug_bind (label,
2109 integer_zero_node,
2110 stmt);
2111 gimple_debug_bind_reset_value (dbg);
2112 gsi_insert_before (&gsi, dbg, GSI_SAME_STMT);
2113 }
2114
2115 lp_nr = EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (label);
2116 if (lp_nr)
2117 {
2118 eh_landing_pad lp = get_eh_landing_pad_from_number (lp_nr);
2119 lp->post_landing_pad = NULL;
2120 }
2121 }
2122 else
2123 {
2124 gimple_set_bb (stmt, a);
2125 gsi_next (&gsi);
2126 }
2127 }
2128
2129 /* When merging two BBs, if their counts are different, the larger count
2130 is selected as the new bb count. This is to handle inconsistent
2131 profiles. */
2132 if (a->loop_father == b->loop_father)
2133 {
2134 a->count = a->count.merge (b->count);
2135 }
2136
2137 /* Merge the sequences. */
2138 last = gsi_last_bb (a);
2139 gsi_insert_seq_after (&last, bb_seq (b), GSI_NEW_STMT);
2140 set_bb_seq (b, NULL);
2141
2142 if (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs)
2143 bitmap_set_bit (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, a->index);
2144 }
2145
2146
2147 /* Return the one of two successors of BB that is not reachable by a
2148 complex edge, if there is one. Else, return BB. We use
2149 this in optimizations that use post-dominators for their heuristics,
2150 to catch the cases in C++ where function calls are involved. */
2151
2152 basic_block
2153 single_noncomplex_succ (basic_block bb)
2154 {
2155 edge e0, e1;
2156 if (EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) != 2)
2157 return bb;
2158
2159 e0 = EDGE_SUCC (bb, 0);
2160 e1 = EDGE_SUCC (bb, 1);
2161 if (e0->flags & EDGE_COMPLEX)
2162 return e1->dest;
2163 if (e1->flags & EDGE_COMPLEX)
2164 return e0->dest;
2165
2166 return bb;
2167 }
2168
2169 /* T is CALL_EXPR. Set current_function_calls_* flags. */
2170
2171 void
2172 notice_special_calls (gcall *call)
2173 {
2174 int flags = gimple_call_flags (call);
2175
2176 if (flags & ECF_MAY_BE_ALLOCA)
2177 cfun->calls_alloca = true;
2178 if (flags & ECF_RETURNS_TWICE)
2179 cfun->calls_setjmp = true;
2180 }
2181
2182
2183 /* Clear flags set by notice_special_calls. Used by dead code removal
2184 to update the flags. */
2185
2186 void
2187 clear_special_calls (void)
2188 {
2189 cfun->calls_alloca = false;
2190 cfun->calls_setjmp = false;
2191 }
2192
2193 /* Remove PHI nodes associated with basic block BB and all edges out of BB. */
2194
2195 static void
2196 remove_phi_nodes_and_edges_for_unreachable_block (basic_block bb)
2197 {
2198 /* Since this block is no longer reachable, we can just delete all
2199 of its PHI nodes. */
2200 remove_phi_nodes (bb);
2201
2202 /* Remove edges to BB's successors. */
2203 while (EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) > 0)
2204 remove_edge (EDGE_SUCC (bb, 0));
2205 }
2206
2207
2208 /* Remove statements of basic block BB. */
2209
2210 static void
2211 remove_bb (basic_block bb)
2212 {
2213 gimple_stmt_iterator i;
2214
2215 if (dump_file)
2216 {
2217 fprintf (dump_file, "Removing basic block %d\n", bb->index);
2218 if (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS)
2219 {
2220 dump_bb (dump_file, bb, 0, TDF_BLOCKS);
2221 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
2222 }
2223 }
2224
2225 if (current_loops)
2226 {
2227 class loop *loop = bb->loop_father;
2228
2229 /* If a loop gets removed, clean up the information associated
2230 with it. */
2231 if (loop->latch == bb
2232 || loop->header == bb)
2233 free_numbers_of_iterations_estimates (loop);
2234 }
2235
2236 /* Remove all the instructions in the block. */
2237 if (bb_seq (bb) != NULL)
2238 {
2239 /* Walk backwards so as to get a chance to substitute all
2240 released DEFs into debug stmts. See
2241 eliminate_unnecessary_stmts() in tree-ssa-dce.c for more
2242 details. */
2243 for (i = gsi_last_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (i);)
2244 {
2245 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (i);
2246 glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt);
2247 if (label_stmt
2248 && (FORCED_LABEL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt))
2249 || DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt))))
2250 {
2251 basic_block new_bb;
2252 gimple_stmt_iterator new_gsi;
2253
2254 /* A non-reachable non-local label may still be referenced.
2255 But it no longer needs to carry the extra semantics of
2256 non-locality. */
2257 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)))
2258 {
2259 DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)) = 0;
2260 FORCED_LABEL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)) = 1;
2261 }
2262
2263 new_bb = bb->prev_bb;
2264 /* Don't move any labels into ENTRY block. */
2265 if (new_bb == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
2266 {
2267 new_bb = single_succ (new_bb);
2268 gcc_assert (new_bb != bb);
2269 }
2270 new_gsi = gsi_after_labels (new_bb);
2271 gsi_remove (&i, false);
2272 gsi_insert_before (&new_gsi, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT);
2273 }
2274 else
2275 {
2276 /* Release SSA definitions. */
2277 release_defs (stmt);
2278 gsi_remove (&i, true);
2279 }
2280
2281 if (gsi_end_p (i))
2282 i = gsi_last_bb (bb);
2283 else
2284 gsi_prev (&i);
2285 }
2286 }
2287
2288 remove_phi_nodes_and_edges_for_unreachable_block (bb);
2289 bb->il.gimple.seq = NULL;
2290 bb->il.gimple.phi_nodes = NULL;
2291 }
2292
2293
2294 /* Given a basic block BB and a value VAL for use in the final statement
2295 of the block (if a GIMPLE_COND, GIMPLE_SWITCH, or computed goto), return
2296 the edge that will be taken out of the block.
2297 If VAL is NULL_TREE, then the current value of the final statement's
2298 predicate or index is used.
2299 If the value does not match a unique edge, NULL is returned. */
2300
2301 edge
2302 find_taken_edge (basic_block bb, tree val)
2303 {
2304 gimple *stmt;
2305
2306 stmt = last_stmt (bb);
2307
2308 /* Handle ENTRY and EXIT. */
2309 if (!stmt)
2310 return NULL;
2311
2312 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)
2313 return find_taken_edge_cond_expr (as_a <gcond *> (stmt), val);
2314
2315 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
2316 return find_taken_edge_switch_expr (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt), val);
2317
2318 if (computed_goto_p (stmt))
2319 {
2320 /* Only optimize if the argument is a label, if the argument is
2321 not a label then we cannot construct a proper CFG.
2322
2323 It may be the case that we only need to allow the LABEL_REF to
2324 appear inside an ADDR_EXPR, but we also allow the LABEL_REF to
2325 appear inside a LABEL_EXPR just to be safe. */
2326 if (val
2327 && (TREE_CODE (val) == ADDR_EXPR || TREE_CODE (val) == LABEL_EXPR)
2328 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0)) == LABEL_DECL)
2329 return find_taken_edge_computed_goto (bb, TREE_OPERAND (val, 0));
2330 }
2331
2332 /* Otherwise we only know the taken successor edge if it's unique. */
2333 return single_succ_p (bb) ? single_succ_edge (bb) : NULL;
2334 }
2335
2336 /* Given a constant value VAL and the entry block BB to a GOTO_EXPR
2337 statement, determine which of the outgoing edges will be taken out of the
2338 block. Return NULL if either edge may be taken. */
2339
2340 static edge
2341 find_taken_edge_computed_goto (basic_block bb, tree val)
2342 {
2343 basic_block dest;
2344 edge e = NULL;
2345
2346 dest = label_to_block (cfun, val);
2347 if (dest)
2348 e = find_edge (bb, dest);
2349
2350 /* It's possible for find_edge to return NULL here on invalid code
2351 that abuses the labels-as-values extension (e.g. code that attempts to
2352 jump *between* functions via stored labels-as-values; PR 84136).
2353 If so, then we simply return that NULL for the edge.
2354 We don't currently have a way of detecting such invalid code, so we
2355 can't assert that it was the case when a NULL edge occurs here. */
2356
2357 return e;
2358 }
2359
2360 /* Given COND_STMT and a constant value VAL for use as the predicate,
2361 determine which of the two edges will be taken out of
2362 the statement's block. Return NULL if either edge may be taken.
2363 If VAL is NULL_TREE, then the current value of COND_STMT's predicate
2364 is used. */
2365
2366 static edge
2367 find_taken_edge_cond_expr (const gcond *cond_stmt, tree val)
2368 {
2369 edge true_edge, false_edge;
2370
2371 if (val == NULL_TREE)
2372 {
2373 /* Use the current value of the predicate. */
2374 if (gimple_cond_true_p (cond_stmt))
2375 val = integer_one_node;
2376 else if (gimple_cond_false_p (cond_stmt))
2377 val = integer_zero_node;
2378 else
2379 return NULL;
2380 }
2381 else if (TREE_CODE (val) != INTEGER_CST)
2382 return NULL;
2383
2384 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (gimple_bb (cond_stmt),
2385 &true_edge, &false_edge);
2386
2387 return (integer_zerop (val) ? false_edge : true_edge);
2388 }
2389
2390 /* Given SWITCH_STMT and an INTEGER_CST VAL for use as the index, determine
2391 which edge will be taken out of the statement's block. Return NULL if any
2392 edge may be taken.
2393 If VAL is NULL_TREE, then the current value of SWITCH_STMT's index
2394 is used. */
2395
2396 edge
2397 find_taken_edge_switch_expr (const gswitch *switch_stmt, tree val)
2398 {
2399 basic_block dest_bb;
2400 edge e;
2401 tree taken_case;
2402
2403 if (gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt) == 1)
2404 taken_case = gimple_switch_default_label (switch_stmt);
2405 else
2406 {
2407 if (val == NULL_TREE)
2408 val = gimple_switch_index (switch_stmt);
2409 if (TREE_CODE (val) != INTEGER_CST)
2410 return NULL;
2411 else
2412 taken_case = find_case_label_for_value (switch_stmt, val);
2413 }
2414 dest_bb = label_to_block (cfun, CASE_LABEL (taken_case));
2415
2416 e = find_edge (gimple_bb (switch_stmt), dest_bb);
2417 gcc_assert (e);
2418 return e;
2419 }
2420
2421
2422 /* Return the CASE_LABEL_EXPR that SWITCH_STMT will take for VAL.
2423 We can make optimal use here of the fact that the case labels are
2424 sorted: We can do a binary search for a case matching VAL. */
2425
2426 tree
2427 find_case_label_for_value (const gswitch *switch_stmt, tree val)
2428 {
2429 size_t low, high, n = gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt);
2430 tree default_case = gimple_switch_default_label (switch_stmt);
2431
2432 for (low = 0, high = n; high - low > 1; )
2433 {
2434 size_t i = (high + low) / 2;
2435 tree t = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i);
2436 int cmp;
2437
2438 /* Cache the result of comparing CASE_LOW and val. */
2439 cmp = tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (t), val);
2440
2441 if (cmp > 0)
2442 high = i;
2443 else
2444 low = i;
2445
2446 if (CASE_HIGH (t) == NULL)
2447 {
2448 /* A singe-valued case label. */
2449 if (cmp == 0)
2450 return t;
2451 }
2452 else
2453 {
2454 /* A case range. We can only handle integer ranges. */
2455 if (cmp <= 0 && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (t), val) >= 0)
2456 return t;
2457 }
2458 }
2459
2460 return default_case;
2461 }
2462
2463
2464 /* Dump a basic block on stderr. */
2465
2466 void
2467 gimple_debug_bb (basic_block bb)
2468 {
2469 dump_bb (stderr, bb, 0, TDF_VOPS|TDF_MEMSYMS|TDF_BLOCKS);
2470 }
2471
2472
2473 /* Dump basic block with index N on stderr. */
2474
2475 basic_block
2476 gimple_debug_bb_n (int n)
2477 {
2478 gimple_debug_bb (BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, n));
2479 return BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, n);
2480 }
2481
2482
2483 /* Dump the CFG on stderr.
2484
2485 FLAGS are the same used by the tree dumping functions
2486 (see TDF_* in dumpfile.h). */
2487
2488 void
2489 gimple_debug_cfg (dump_flags_t flags)
2490 {
2491 gimple_dump_cfg (stderr, flags);
2492 }
2493
2494
2495 /* Dump the program showing basic block boundaries on the given FILE.
2496
2497 FLAGS are the same used by the tree dumping functions (see TDF_* in
2498 tree.h). */
2499
2500 void
2501 gimple_dump_cfg (FILE *file, dump_flags_t flags)
2502 {
2503 if (flags & TDF_DETAILS)
2504 {
2505 dump_function_header (file, current_function_decl, flags);
2506 fprintf (file, ";; \n%d basic blocks, %d edges, last basic block %d.\n\n",
2507 n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun), n_edges_for_fn (cfun),
2508 last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
2509
2510 brief_dump_cfg (file, flags);
2511 fprintf (file, "\n");
2512 }
2513
2514 if (flags & TDF_STATS)
2515 dump_cfg_stats (file);
2516
2517 dump_function_to_file (current_function_decl, file, flags | TDF_BLOCKS);
2518 }
2519
2520
2521 /* Dump CFG statistics on FILE. */
2522
2523 void
2524 dump_cfg_stats (FILE *file)
2525 {
2526 static long max_num_merged_labels = 0;
2527 unsigned long size, total = 0;
2528 long num_edges;
2529 basic_block bb;
2530 const char * const fmt_str = "%-30s%-13s%12s\n";
2531 const char * const fmt_str_1 = "%-30s%13d" PRsa (11) "\n";
2532 const char * const fmt_str_2 = "%-30s%13ld" PRsa (11) "\n";
2533 const char * const fmt_str_3 = "%-43s" PRsa (11) "\n";
2534 const char *funcname = current_function_name ();
2535
2536 fprintf (file, "\nCFG Statistics for %s\n\n", funcname);
2537
2538 fprintf (file, "---------------------------------------------------------\n");
2539 fprintf (file, fmt_str, "", " Number of ", "Memory");
2540 fprintf (file, fmt_str, "", " instances ", "used ");
2541 fprintf (file, "---------------------------------------------------------\n");
2542
2543 size = n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) * sizeof (struct basic_block_def);
2544 total += size;
2545 fprintf (file, fmt_str_1, "Basic blocks", n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun),
2546 SIZE_AMOUNT (size));
2547
2548 num_edges = 0;
2549 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
2550 num_edges += EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs);
2551 size = num_edges * sizeof (class edge_def);
2552 total += size;
2553 fprintf (file, fmt_str_2, "Edges", num_edges, SIZE_AMOUNT (size));
2554
2555 fprintf (file, "---------------------------------------------------------\n");
2556 fprintf (file, fmt_str_3, "Total memory used by CFG data",
2557 SIZE_AMOUNT (total));
2558 fprintf (file, "---------------------------------------------------------\n");
2559 fprintf (file, "\n");
2560
2561 if (cfg_stats.num_merged_labels > max_num_merged_labels)
2562 max_num_merged_labels = cfg_stats.num_merged_labels;
2563
2564 fprintf (file, "Coalesced label blocks: %ld (Max so far: %ld)\n",
2565 cfg_stats.num_merged_labels, max_num_merged_labels);
2566
2567 fprintf (file, "\n");
2568 }
2569
2570
2571 /* Dump CFG statistics on stderr. Keep extern so that it's always
2572 linked in the final executable. */
2573
2574 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
2575 debug_cfg_stats (void)
2576 {
2577 dump_cfg_stats (stderr);
2578 }
2579
2580 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2581 Miscellaneous helpers
2582 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2583
2584 /* Return true if T, a GIMPLE_CALL, can make an abnormal transfer of control
2585 flow. Transfers of control flow associated with EH are excluded. */
2586
2587 static bool
2588 call_can_make_abnormal_goto (gimple *t)
2589 {
2590 /* If the function has no non-local labels, then a call cannot make an
2591 abnormal transfer of control. */
2592 if (!cfun->has_nonlocal_label
2593 && !cfun->calls_setjmp)
2594 return false;
2595
2596 /* Likewise if the call has no side effects. */
2597 if (!gimple_has_side_effects (t))
2598 return false;
2599
2600 /* Likewise if the called function is leaf. */
2601 if (gimple_call_flags (t) & ECF_LEAF)
2602 return false;
2603
2604 return true;
2605 }
2606
2607
2608 /* Return true if T can make an abnormal transfer of control flow.
2609 Transfers of control flow associated with EH are excluded. */
2610
2611 bool
2612 stmt_can_make_abnormal_goto (gimple *t)
2613 {
2614 if (computed_goto_p (t))
2615 return true;
2616 if (is_gimple_call (t))
2617 return call_can_make_abnormal_goto (t);
2618 return false;
2619 }
2620
2621
2622 /* Return true if T represents a stmt that always transfers control. */
2623
2624 bool
2625 is_ctrl_stmt (gimple *t)
2626 {
2627 switch (gimple_code (t))
2628 {
2629 case GIMPLE_COND:
2630 case GIMPLE_SWITCH:
2631 case GIMPLE_GOTO:
2632 case GIMPLE_RETURN:
2633 case GIMPLE_RESX:
2634 return true;
2635 default:
2636 return false;
2637 }
2638 }
2639
2640
2641 /* Return true if T is a statement that may alter the flow of control
2642 (e.g., a call to a non-returning function). */
2643
2644 bool
2645 is_ctrl_altering_stmt (gimple *t)
2646 {
2647 gcc_assert (t);
2648
2649 switch (gimple_code (t))
2650 {
2651 case GIMPLE_CALL:
2652 /* Per stmt call flag indicates whether the call could alter
2653 controlflow. */
2654 if (gimple_call_ctrl_altering_p (t))
2655 return true;
2656 break;
2657
2658 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH:
2659 /* EH_DISPATCH branches to the individual catch handlers at
2660 this level of a try or allowed-exceptions region. It can
2661 fallthru to the next statement as well. */
2662 return true;
2663
2664 case GIMPLE_ASM:
2665 if (gimple_asm_nlabels (as_a <gasm *> (t)) > 0)
2666 return true;
2667 break;
2668
2669 CASE_GIMPLE_OMP:
2670 /* OpenMP directives alter control flow. */
2671 return true;
2672
2673 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION:
2674 /* A transaction start alters control flow. */
2675 return true;
2676
2677 default:
2678 break;
2679 }
2680
2681 /* If a statement can throw, it alters control flow. */
2682 return stmt_can_throw_internal (cfun, t);
2683 }
2684
2685
2686 /* Return true if T is a simple local goto. */
2687
2688 bool
2689 simple_goto_p (gimple *t)
2690 {
2691 return (gimple_code (t) == GIMPLE_GOTO
2692 && TREE_CODE (gimple_goto_dest (t)) == LABEL_DECL);
2693 }
2694
2695
2696 /* Return true if STMT should start a new basic block. PREV_STMT is
2697 the statement preceding STMT. It is used when STMT is a label or a
2698 case label. Labels should only start a new basic block if their
2699 previous statement wasn't a label. Otherwise, sequence of labels
2700 would generate unnecessary basic blocks that only contain a single
2701 label. */
2702
2703 static inline bool
2704 stmt_starts_bb_p (gimple *stmt, gimple *prev_stmt)
2705 {
2706 if (stmt == NULL)
2707 return false;
2708
2709 /* PREV_STMT is only set to a debug stmt if the debug stmt is before
2710 any nondebug stmts in the block. We don't want to start another
2711 block in this case: the debug stmt will already have started the
2712 one STMT would start if we weren't outputting debug stmts. */
2713 if (prev_stmt && is_gimple_debug (prev_stmt))
2714 return false;
2715
2716 /* Labels start a new basic block only if the preceding statement
2717 wasn't a label of the same type. This prevents the creation of
2718 consecutive blocks that have nothing but a single label. */
2719 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt))
2720 {
2721 /* Nonlocal and computed GOTO targets always start a new block. */
2722 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt))
2723 || FORCED_LABEL (gimple_label_label (label_stmt)))
2724 return true;
2725
2726 if (glabel *plabel = safe_dyn_cast <glabel *> (prev_stmt))
2727 {
2728 if (DECL_NONLOCAL (gimple_label_label (plabel))
2729 || !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (gimple_label_label (plabel)))
2730 return true;
2731
2732 cfg_stats.num_merged_labels++;
2733 return false;
2734 }
2735 else
2736 return true;
2737 }
2738 else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_CALL)
2739 {
2740 if (gimple_call_flags (stmt) & ECF_RETURNS_TWICE)
2741 /* setjmp acts similar to a nonlocal GOTO target and thus should
2742 start a new block. */
2743 return true;
2744 if (gimple_call_internal_p (stmt, IFN_PHI)
2745 && prev_stmt
2746 && gimple_code (prev_stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL
2747 && (gimple_code (prev_stmt) != GIMPLE_CALL
2748 || ! gimple_call_internal_p (prev_stmt, IFN_PHI)))
2749 /* PHI nodes start a new block unless preceeded by a label
2750 or another PHI. */
2751 return true;
2752 }
2753
2754 return false;
2755 }
2756
2757
2758 /* Return true if T should end a basic block. */
2759
2760 bool
2761 stmt_ends_bb_p (gimple *t)
2762 {
2763 return is_ctrl_stmt (t) || is_ctrl_altering_stmt (t);
2764 }
2765
2766 /* Remove block annotations and other data structures. */
2767
2768 void
2769 delete_tree_cfg_annotations (struct function *fn)
2770 {
2771 vec_free (label_to_block_map_for_fn (fn));
2772 }
2773
2774 /* Return the virtual phi in BB. */
2775
2776 gphi *
2777 get_virtual_phi (basic_block bb)
2778 {
2779 for (gphi_iterator gsi = gsi_start_phis (bb);
2780 !gsi_end_p (gsi);
2781 gsi_next (&gsi))
2782 {
2783 gphi *phi = gsi.phi ();
2784
2785 if (virtual_operand_p (PHI_RESULT (phi)))
2786 return phi;
2787 }
2788
2789 return NULL;
2790 }
2791
2792 /* Return the first statement in basic block BB. */
2793
2794 gimple *
2795 first_stmt (basic_block bb)
2796 {
2797 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_start_bb (bb);
2798 gimple *stmt = NULL;
2799
2800 while (!gsi_end_p (i) && is_gimple_debug ((stmt = gsi_stmt (i))))
2801 {
2802 gsi_next (&i);
2803 stmt = NULL;
2804 }
2805 return stmt;
2806 }
2807
2808 /* Return the first non-label statement in basic block BB. */
2809
2810 static gimple *
2811 first_non_label_stmt (basic_block bb)
2812 {
2813 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_start_bb (bb);
2814 while (!gsi_end_p (i) && gimple_code (gsi_stmt (i)) == GIMPLE_LABEL)
2815 gsi_next (&i);
2816 return !gsi_end_p (i) ? gsi_stmt (i) : NULL;
2817 }
2818
2819 /* Return the last statement in basic block BB. */
2820
2821 gimple *
2822 last_stmt (basic_block bb)
2823 {
2824 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_last_bb (bb);
2825 gimple *stmt = NULL;
2826
2827 while (!gsi_end_p (i) && is_gimple_debug ((stmt = gsi_stmt (i))))
2828 {
2829 gsi_prev (&i);
2830 stmt = NULL;
2831 }
2832 return stmt;
2833 }
2834
2835 /* Return the last statement of an otherwise empty block. Return NULL
2836 if the block is totally empty, or if it contains more than one
2837 statement. */
2838
2839 gimple *
2840 last_and_only_stmt (basic_block bb)
2841 {
2842 gimple_stmt_iterator i = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb);
2843 gimple *last, *prev;
2844
2845 if (gsi_end_p (i))
2846 return NULL;
2847
2848 last = gsi_stmt (i);
2849 gsi_prev_nondebug (&i);
2850 if (gsi_end_p (i))
2851 return last;
2852
2853 /* Empty statements should no longer appear in the instruction stream.
2854 Everything that might have appeared before should be deleted by
2855 remove_useless_stmts, and the optimizers should just gsi_remove
2856 instead of smashing with build_empty_stmt.
2857
2858 Thus the only thing that should appear here in a block containing
2859 one executable statement is a label. */
2860 prev = gsi_stmt (i);
2861 if (gimple_code (prev) == GIMPLE_LABEL)
2862 return last;
2863 else
2864 return NULL;
2865 }
2866
2867 /* Reinstall those PHI arguments queued in OLD_EDGE to NEW_EDGE. */
2868
2869 static void
2870 reinstall_phi_args (edge new_edge, edge old_edge)
2871 {
2872 edge_var_map *vm;
2873 int i;
2874 gphi_iterator phis;
2875
2876 vec<edge_var_map> *v = redirect_edge_var_map_vector (old_edge);
2877 if (!v)
2878 return;
2879
2880 for (i = 0, phis = gsi_start_phis (new_edge->dest);
2881 v->iterate (i, &vm) && !gsi_end_p (phis);
2882 i++, gsi_next (&phis))
2883 {
2884 gphi *phi = phis.phi ();
2885 tree result = redirect_edge_var_map_result (vm);
2886 tree arg = redirect_edge_var_map_def (vm);
2887
2888 gcc_assert (result == gimple_phi_result (phi));
2889
2890 add_phi_arg (phi, arg, new_edge, redirect_edge_var_map_location (vm));
2891 }
2892
2893 redirect_edge_var_map_clear (old_edge);
2894 }
2895
2896 /* Returns the basic block after which the new basic block created
2897 by splitting edge EDGE_IN should be placed. Tries to keep the new block
2898 near its "logical" location. This is of most help to humans looking
2899 at debugging dumps. */
2900
2901 basic_block
2902 split_edge_bb_loc (edge edge_in)
2903 {
2904 basic_block dest = edge_in->dest;
2905 basic_block dest_prev = dest->prev_bb;
2906
2907 if (dest_prev)
2908 {
2909 edge e = find_edge (dest_prev, dest);
2910 if (e && !(e->flags & EDGE_COMPLEX))
2911 return edge_in->src;
2912 }
2913 return dest_prev;
2914 }
2915
2916 /* Split a (typically critical) edge EDGE_IN. Return the new block.
2917 Abort on abnormal edges. */
2918
2919 static basic_block
2920 gimple_split_edge (edge edge_in)
2921 {
2922 basic_block new_bb, after_bb, dest;
2923 edge new_edge, e;
2924
2925 /* Abnormal edges cannot be split. */
2926 gcc_assert (!(edge_in->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL));
2927
2928 dest = edge_in->dest;
2929
2930 after_bb = split_edge_bb_loc (edge_in);
2931
2932 new_bb = create_empty_bb (after_bb);
2933 new_bb->count = edge_in->count ();
2934
2935 e = redirect_edge_and_branch (edge_in, new_bb);
2936 gcc_assert (e == edge_in);
2937
2938 new_edge = make_single_succ_edge (new_bb, dest, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
2939 reinstall_phi_args (new_edge, e);
2940
2941 return new_bb;
2942 }
2943
2944
2945 /* Verify properties of the address expression T whose base should be
2946 TREE_ADDRESSABLE if VERIFY_ADDRESSABLE is true. */
2947
2948 static bool
2949 verify_address (tree t, bool verify_addressable)
2950 {
2951 bool old_constant;
2952 bool old_side_effects;
2953 bool new_constant;
2954 bool new_side_effects;
2955
2956 old_constant = TREE_CONSTANT (t);
2957 old_side_effects = TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t);
2958
2959 recompute_tree_invariant_for_addr_expr (t);
2960 new_side_effects = TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t);
2961 new_constant = TREE_CONSTANT (t);
2962
2963 if (old_constant != new_constant)
2964 {
2965 error ("constant not recomputed when %<ADDR_EXPR%> changed");
2966 return true;
2967 }
2968 if (old_side_effects != new_side_effects)
2969 {
2970 error ("side effects not recomputed when %<ADDR_EXPR%> changed");
2971 return true;
2972 }
2973
2974 tree base = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
2975 while (handled_component_p (base))
2976 base = TREE_OPERAND (base, 0);
2977
2978 if (!(VAR_P (base)
2979 || TREE_CODE (base) == PARM_DECL
2980 || TREE_CODE (base) == RESULT_DECL))
2981 return false;
2982
2983 if (DECL_GIMPLE_REG_P (base))
2984 {
2985 error ("%<DECL_GIMPLE_REG_P%> set on a variable with address taken");
2986 return true;
2987 }
2988
2989 if (verify_addressable && !TREE_ADDRESSABLE (base))
2990 {
2991 error ("address taken but %<TREE_ADDRESSABLE%> bit not set");
2992 return true;
2993 }
2994
2995 return false;
2996 }
2997
2998
2999 /* Verify if EXPR is either a GIMPLE ID or a GIMPLE indirect reference.
3000 Returns true if there is an error, otherwise false. */
3001
3002 static bool
3003 verify_types_in_gimple_min_lval (tree expr)
3004 {
3005 tree op;
3006
3007 if (is_gimple_id (expr))
3008 return false;
3009
3010 if (TREE_CODE (expr) != TARGET_MEM_REF
3011 && TREE_CODE (expr) != MEM_REF)
3012 {
3013 error ("invalid expression for min lvalue");
3014 return true;
3015 }
3016
3017 /* TARGET_MEM_REFs are strange beasts. */
3018 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == TARGET_MEM_REF)
3019 return false;
3020
3021 op = TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0);
3022 if (!is_gimple_val (op))
3023 {
3024 error ("invalid operand in indirect reference");
3025 debug_generic_stmt (op);
3026 return true;
3027 }
3028 /* Memory references now generally can involve a value conversion. */
3029
3030 return false;
3031 }
3032
3033 /* Verify if EXPR is a valid GIMPLE reference expression. If
3034 REQUIRE_LVALUE is true verifies it is an lvalue. Returns true
3035 if there is an error, otherwise false. */
3036
3037 static bool
3038 verify_types_in_gimple_reference (tree expr, bool require_lvalue)
3039 {
3040 const char *code_name = get_tree_code_name (TREE_CODE (expr));
3041
3042 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == REALPART_EXPR
3043 || TREE_CODE (expr) == IMAGPART_EXPR
3044 || TREE_CODE (expr) == BIT_FIELD_REF)
3045 {
3046 tree op = TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0);
3047 if (!is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (expr)))
3048 {
3049 error ("non-scalar %qs", code_name);
3050 return true;
3051 }
3052
3053 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == BIT_FIELD_REF)
3054 {
3055 tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1);
3056 tree t2 = TREE_OPERAND (expr, 2);
3057 poly_uint64 size, bitpos;
3058 if (!poly_int_tree_p (t1, &size)
3059 || !poly_int_tree_p (t2, &bitpos)
3060 || !types_compatible_p (bitsizetype, TREE_TYPE (t1))
3061 || !types_compatible_p (bitsizetype, TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3062 {
3063 error ("invalid position or size operand to %qs", code_name);
3064 return true;
3065 }
3066 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (expr))
3067 && maybe_ne (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (expr)), size))
3068 {
3069 error ("integral result type precision does not match "
3070 "field size of %qs", code_name);
3071 return true;
3072 }
3073 else if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (expr))
3074 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (expr)) != BLKmode
3075 && maybe_ne (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (expr))),
3076 size))
3077 {
3078 error ("mode size of non-integral result does not "
3079 "match field size of %qs",
3080 code_name);
3081 return true;
3082 }
3083 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op))
3084 && !type_has_mode_precision_p (TREE_TYPE (op)))
3085 {
3086 error ("%qs of non-mode-precision operand", code_name);
3087 return true;
3088 }
3089 if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op))
3090 && maybe_gt (size + bitpos,
3091 tree_to_poly_uint64 (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (op)))))
3092 {
3093 error ("position plus size exceeds size of referenced object in "
3094 "%qs", code_name);
3095 return true;
3096 }
3097 }
3098
3099 if ((TREE_CODE (expr) == REALPART_EXPR
3100 || TREE_CODE (expr) == IMAGPART_EXPR)
3101 && !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (expr),
3102 TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op))))
3103 {
3104 error ("type mismatch in %qs reference", code_name);
3105 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (expr));
3106 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op)));
3107 return true;
3108 }
3109 expr = op;
3110 }
3111
3112 while (handled_component_p (expr))
3113 {
3114 code_name = get_tree_code_name (TREE_CODE (expr));
3115
3116 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == REALPART_EXPR
3117 || TREE_CODE (expr) == IMAGPART_EXPR
3118 || TREE_CODE (expr) == BIT_FIELD_REF)
3119 {
3120 error ("non-top-level %qs", code_name);
3121 return true;
3122 }
3123
3124 tree op = TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0);
3125
3126 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == ARRAY_REF
3127 || TREE_CODE (expr) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
3128 {
3129 if (!is_gimple_val (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1))
3130 || (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 2)
3131 && !is_gimple_val (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 2)))
3132 || (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 3)
3133 && !is_gimple_val (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 3))))
3134 {
3135 error ("invalid operands to %qs", code_name);
3136 debug_generic_stmt (expr);
3137 return true;
3138 }
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Verify if the reference array element types are compatible. */
3142 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == ARRAY_REF
3143 && !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (expr),
3144 TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op))))
3145 {
3146 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3147 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (expr));
3148 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op)));
3149 return true;
3150 }
3151 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF
3152 && !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (expr)),
3153 TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op))))
3154 {
3155 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3156 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (expr)));
3157 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (op)));
3158 return true;
3159 }
3160
3161 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == COMPONENT_REF)
3162 {
3163 if (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 2)
3164 && !is_gimple_val (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 2)))
3165 {
3166 error ("invalid %qs offset operator", code_name);
3167 return true;
3168 }
3169 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (expr),
3170 TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1))))
3171 {
3172 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3173 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (expr));
3174 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1)));
3175 return true;
3176 }
3177 }
3178
3179 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
3180 {
3181 /* For VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs which are allowed here too, we only check
3182 that their operand is not an SSA name or an invariant when
3183 requiring an lvalue (this usually means there is a SRA or IPA-SRA
3184 bug). Otherwise there is nothing to verify, gross mismatches at
3185 most invoke undefined behavior. */
3186 if (require_lvalue
3187 && (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME
3188 || is_gimple_min_invariant (op)))
3189 {
3190 error ("conversion of %qs on the left hand side of %qs",
3191 get_tree_code_name (TREE_CODE (op)), code_name);
3192 debug_generic_stmt (expr);
3193 return true;
3194 }
3195 else if (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME
3196 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (expr)) != TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (op)))
3197 {
3198 error ("conversion of register to a different size in %qs",
3199 code_name);
3200 debug_generic_stmt (expr);
3201 return true;
3202 }
3203 else if (!handled_component_p (op))
3204 return false;
3205 }
3206
3207 expr = op;
3208 }
3209
3210 code_name = get_tree_code_name (TREE_CODE (expr));
3211
3212 if (TREE_CODE (expr) == MEM_REF)
3213 {
3214 if (!is_gimple_mem_ref_addr (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0))
3215 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
3216 && verify_address (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0), false)))
3217 {
3218 error ("invalid address operand in %qs", code_name);
3219 debug_generic_stmt (expr);
3220 return true;
3221 }
3222 if (!poly_int_tree_p (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1))
3223 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1))))
3224 {
3225 error ("invalid offset operand in %qs", code_name);
3226 debug_generic_stmt (expr);
3227 return true;
3228 }
3229 if (MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (expr) != 0
3230 && MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (expr) > cfun->last_clique)
3231 {
3232 error ("invalid clique in %qs", code_name);
3233 debug_generic_stmt (expr);
3234 return true;
3235 }
3236 }
3237 else if (TREE_CODE (expr) == TARGET_MEM_REF)
3238 {
3239 if (!TMR_BASE (expr)
3240 || !is_gimple_mem_ref_addr (TMR_BASE (expr))
3241 || (TREE_CODE (TMR_BASE (expr)) == ADDR_EXPR
3242 && verify_address (TMR_BASE (expr), false)))
3243 {
3244 error ("invalid address operand in %qs", code_name);
3245 return true;
3246 }
3247 if (!TMR_OFFSET (expr)
3248 || !poly_int_tree_p (TMR_OFFSET (expr))
3249 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TMR_OFFSET (expr))))
3250 {
3251 error ("invalid offset operand in %qs", code_name);
3252 debug_generic_stmt (expr);
3253 return true;
3254 }
3255 if (MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (expr) != 0
3256 && MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (expr) > cfun->last_clique)
3257 {
3258 error ("invalid clique in %qs", code_name);
3259 debug_generic_stmt (expr);
3260 return true;
3261 }
3262 }
3263 else if (TREE_CODE (expr) == INDIRECT_REF)
3264 {
3265 error ("%qs in gimple IL", code_name);
3266 debug_generic_stmt (expr);
3267 return true;
3268 }
3269
3270 return ((require_lvalue || !is_gimple_min_invariant (expr))
3271 && verify_types_in_gimple_min_lval (expr));
3272 }
3273
3274 /* Returns true if there is one pointer type in TYPE_POINTER_TO (SRC_OBJ)
3275 list of pointer-to types that is trivially convertible to DEST. */
3276
3277 static bool
3278 one_pointer_to_useless_type_conversion_p (tree dest, tree src_obj)
3279 {
3280 tree src;
3281
3282 if (!TYPE_POINTER_TO (src_obj))
3283 return true;
3284
3285 for (src = TYPE_POINTER_TO (src_obj); src; src = TYPE_NEXT_PTR_TO (src))
3286 if (useless_type_conversion_p (dest, src))
3287 return true;
3288
3289 return false;
3290 }
3291
3292 /* Return true if TYPE1 is a fixed-point type and if conversions to and
3293 from TYPE2 can be handled by FIXED_CONVERT_EXPR. */
3294
3295 static bool
3296 valid_fixed_convert_types_p (tree type1, tree type2)
3297 {
3298 return (FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (type1)
3299 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type2)
3300 || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type2)
3301 || FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (type2)));
3302 }
3303
3304 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_CALL STMT. Returns true when there
3305 is a problem, otherwise false. */
3306
3307 static bool
3308 verify_gimple_call (gcall *stmt)
3309 {
3310 tree fn = gimple_call_fn (stmt);
3311 tree fntype, fndecl;
3312 unsigned i;
3313
3314 if (gimple_call_internal_p (stmt))
3315 {
3316 if (fn)
3317 {
3318 error ("gimple call has two targets");
3319 debug_generic_stmt (fn);
3320 return true;
3321 }
3322 }
3323 else
3324 {
3325 if (!fn)
3326 {
3327 error ("gimple call has no target");
3328 return true;
3329 }
3330 }
3331
3332 if (fn && !is_gimple_call_addr (fn))
3333 {
3334 error ("invalid function in gimple call");
3335 debug_generic_stmt (fn);
3336 return true;
3337 }
3338
3339 if (fn
3340 && (!POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (fn))
3341 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn))) != FUNCTION_TYPE
3342 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn))) != METHOD_TYPE)))
3343 {
3344 error ("non-function in gimple call");
3345 return true;
3346 }
3347
3348 fndecl = gimple_call_fndecl (stmt);
3349 if (fndecl
3350 && TREE_CODE (fndecl) == FUNCTION_DECL
3351 && DECL_LOOPING_CONST_OR_PURE_P (fndecl)
3352 && !DECL_PURE_P (fndecl)
3353 && !TREE_READONLY (fndecl))
3354 {
3355 error ("invalid pure const state for function");
3356 return true;
3357 }
3358
3359 tree lhs = gimple_call_lhs (stmt);
3360 if (lhs
3361 && (!is_gimple_lvalue (lhs)
3362 || verify_types_in_gimple_reference (lhs, true)))
3363 {
3364 error ("invalid LHS in gimple call");
3365 return true;
3366 }
3367
3368 if (gimple_call_ctrl_altering_p (stmt)
3369 && gimple_call_noreturn_p (stmt)
3370 && should_remove_lhs_p (lhs))
3371 {
3372 error ("LHS in %<noreturn%> call");
3373 return true;
3374 }
3375
3376 fntype = gimple_call_fntype (stmt);
3377 if (fntype
3378 && lhs
3379 && !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (lhs), TREE_TYPE (fntype))
3380 /* ??? At least C++ misses conversions at assignments from
3381 void * call results.
3382 For now simply allow arbitrary pointer type conversions. */
3383 && !(POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
3384 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (fntype))))
3385 {
3386 error ("invalid conversion in gimple call");
3387 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (lhs));
3388 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (fntype));
3389 return true;
3390 }
3391
3392 if (gimple_call_chain (stmt)
3393 && !is_gimple_val (gimple_call_chain (stmt)))
3394 {
3395 error ("invalid static chain in gimple call");
3396 debug_generic_stmt (gimple_call_chain (stmt));
3397 return true;
3398 }
3399
3400 /* If there is a static chain argument, the call should either be
3401 indirect, or the decl should have DECL_STATIC_CHAIN set. */
3402 if (gimple_call_chain (stmt)
3403 && fndecl
3404 && !DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (fndecl))
3405 {
3406 error ("static chain with function that doesn%'t use one");
3407 return true;
3408 }
3409
3410 if (fndecl && fndecl_built_in_p (fndecl, BUILT_IN_NORMAL))
3411 {
3412 switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl))
3413 {
3414 case BUILT_IN_UNREACHABLE:
3415 case BUILT_IN_TRAP:
3416 if (gimple_call_num_args (stmt) > 0)
3417 {
3418 /* Built-in unreachable with parameters might not be caught by
3419 undefined behavior sanitizer. Front-ends do check users do not
3420 call them that way but we also produce calls to
3421 __builtin_unreachable internally, for example when IPA figures
3422 out a call cannot happen in a legal program. In such cases,
3423 we must make sure arguments are stripped off. */
3424 error ("%<__builtin_unreachable%> or %<__builtin_trap%> call "
3425 "with arguments");
3426 return true;
3427 }
3428 break;
3429 default:
3430 break;
3431 }
3432 }
3433
3434 /* ??? The C frontend passes unpromoted arguments in case it
3435 didn't see a function declaration before the call. So for now
3436 leave the call arguments mostly unverified. Once we gimplify
3437 unit-at-a-time we have a chance to fix this. */
3438
3439 for (i = 0; i < gimple_call_num_args (stmt); ++i)
3440 {
3441 tree arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, i);
3442 if ((is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (arg))
3443 && !is_gimple_val (arg))
3444 || (!is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (arg))
3445 && !is_gimple_lvalue (arg)))
3446 {
3447 error ("invalid argument to gimple call");
3448 debug_generic_expr (arg);
3449 return true;
3450 }
3451 }
3452
3453 return false;
3454 }
3455
3456 /* Verifies the gimple comparison with the result type TYPE and
3457 the operands OP0 and OP1, comparison code is CODE. */
3458
3459 static bool
3460 verify_gimple_comparison (tree type, tree op0, tree op1, enum tree_code code)
3461 {
3462 tree op0_type = TREE_TYPE (op0);
3463 tree op1_type = TREE_TYPE (op1);
3464
3465 if (!is_gimple_val (op0) || !is_gimple_val (op1))
3466 {
3467 error ("invalid operands in gimple comparison");
3468 return true;
3469 }
3470
3471 /* For comparisons we do not have the operations type as the
3472 effective type the comparison is carried out in. Instead
3473 we require that either the first operand is trivially
3474 convertible into the second, or the other way around.
3475 Because we special-case pointers to void we allow
3476 comparisons of pointers with the same mode as well. */
3477 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (op0_type, op1_type)
3478 && !useless_type_conversion_p (op1_type, op0_type)
3479 && (!POINTER_TYPE_P (op0_type)
3480 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (op1_type)
3481 || TYPE_MODE (op0_type) != TYPE_MODE (op1_type)))
3482 {
3483 error ("mismatching comparison operand types");
3484 debug_generic_expr (op0_type);
3485 debug_generic_expr (op1_type);
3486 return true;
3487 }
3488
3489 /* The resulting type of a comparison may be an effective boolean type. */
3490 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
3491 && (TREE_CODE (type) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
3492 || TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 1))
3493 {
3494 if ((TREE_CODE (op0_type) == VECTOR_TYPE
3495 || TREE_CODE (op1_type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
3496 && code != EQ_EXPR && code != NE_EXPR
3497 && !VECTOR_BOOLEAN_TYPE_P (op0_type)
3498 && !VECTOR_INTEGER_TYPE_P (op0_type))
3499 {
3500 error ("unsupported operation or type for vector comparison"
3501 " returning a boolean");
3502 debug_generic_expr (op0_type);
3503 debug_generic_expr (op1_type);
3504 return true;
3505 }
3506 }
3507 /* Or a boolean vector type with the same element count
3508 as the comparison operand types. */
3509 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
3510 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
3511 {
3512 if (TREE_CODE (op0_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
3513 || TREE_CODE (op1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
3514 {
3515 error ("non-vector operands in vector comparison");
3516 debug_generic_expr (op0_type);
3517 debug_generic_expr (op1_type);
3518 return true;
3519 }
3520
3521 if (maybe_ne (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type),
3522 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (op0_type)))
3523 {
3524 error ("invalid vector comparison resulting type");
3525 debug_generic_expr (type);
3526 return true;
3527 }
3528 }
3529 else
3530 {
3531 error ("bogus comparison result type");
3532 debug_generic_expr (type);
3533 return true;
3534 }
3535
3536 return false;
3537 }
3538
3539 /* Verify a gimple assignment statement STMT with an unary rhs.
3540 Returns true if anything is wrong. */
3541
3542 static bool
3543 verify_gimple_assign_unary (gassign *stmt)
3544 {
3545 enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
3546 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
3547 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs);
3548 tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
3549 tree rhs1_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs1);
3550
3551 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs))
3552 {
3553 error ("non-register as LHS of unary operation");
3554 return true;
3555 }
3556
3557 if (!is_gimple_val (rhs1))
3558 {
3559 error ("invalid operand in unary operation");
3560 return true;
3561 }
3562
3563 const char* const code_name = get_tree_code_name (rhs_code);
3564
3565 /* First handle conversions. */
3566 switch (rhs_code)
3567 {
3568 CASE_CONVERT:
3569 {
3570 /* Allow conversions between vectors with the same number of elements,
3571 provided that the conversion is OK for the element types too. */
3572 if (VECTOR_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3573 && VECTOR_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3574 && known_eq (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (lhs_type),
3575 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type)))
3576 {
3577 lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs_type);
3578 rhs1_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type);
3579 }
3580 else if (VECTOR_TYPE_P (lhs_type) || VECTOR_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
3581 {
3582 error ("invalid vector types in nop conversion");
3583 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3584 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3585 return true;
3586 }
3587
3588 /* Allow conversions from pointer type to integral type only if
3589 there is no sign or zero extension involved.
3590 For targets were the precision of ptrofftype doesn't match that
3591 of pointers we need to allow arbitrary conversions to ptrofftype. */
3592 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3593 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
3594 || (POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3595 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3596 && (TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (lhs_type)
3597 || ptrofftype_p (lhs_type))))
3598 return false;
3599
3600 /* Allow conversion from integral to offset type and vice versa. */
3601 if ((TREE_CODE (lhs_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
3602 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
3603 || (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3604 && TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
3605 return false;
3606
3607 /* Otherwise assert we are converting between types of the
3608 same kind. */
3609 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type) != INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
3610 {
3611 error ("invalid types in nop conversion");
3612 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3613 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3614 return true;
3615 }
3616
3617 return false;
3618 }
3619
3620 case ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT_EXPR:
3621 {
3622 if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) || !POINTER_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3623 || (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))
3624 == TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))))
3625 {
3626 error ("invalid types in address space conversion");
3627 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3628 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3629 return true;
3630 }
3631
3632 return false;
3633 }
3634
3635 case FIXED_CONVERT_EXPR:
3636 {
3637 if (!valid_fixed_convert_types_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type)
3638 && !valid_fixed_convert_types_p (rhs1_type, lhs_type))
3639 {
3640 error ("invalid types in fixed-point conversion");
3641 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3642 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3643 return true;
3644 }
3645
3646 return false;
3647 }
3648
3649 case FLOAT_EXPR:
3650 {
3651 if ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type) || !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (lhs_type))
3652 && (!VECTOR_INTEGER_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3653 || !VECTOR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (lhs_type)))
3654 {
3655 error ("invalid types in conversion to floating-point");
3656 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3657 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3658 return true;
3659 }
3660
3661 return false;
3662 }
3663
3664 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
3665 {
3666 if ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type) || !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
3667 && (!VECTOR_INTEGER_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3668 || !VECTOR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)))
3669 {
3670 error ("invalid types in conversion to integer");
3671 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3672 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3673 return true;
3674 }
3675
3676 return false;
3677 }
3678
3679 case VEC_UNPACK_HI_EXPR:
3680 case VEC_UNPACK_LO_EXPR:
3681 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_HI_EXPR:
3682 case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_LO_EXPR:
3683 case VEC_UNPACK_FIX_TRUNC_HI_EXPR:
3684 case VEC_UNPACK_FIX_TRUNC_LO_EXPR:
3685 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
3686 || TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
3687 || (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))
3688 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type)))
3689 || (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))
3690 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type)))
3691 || ((rhs_code == VEC_UNPACK_HI_EXPR
3692 || rhs_code == VEC_UNPACK_LO_EXPR)
3693 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))
3694 != INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))))
3695 || ((rhs_code == VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_HI_EXPR
3696 || rhs_code == VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_LO_EXPR)
3697 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))
3698 || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))))
3699 || ((rhs_code == VEC_UNPACK_FIX_TRUNC_HI_EXPR
3700 || rhs_code == VEC_UNPACK_FIX_TRUNC_LO_EXPR)
3701 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))
3702 || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))))
3703 || (maybe_ne (GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (lhs_type)),
3704 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (rhs1_type)))
3705 && (!VECTOR_BOOLEAN_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3706 || !VECTOR_BOOLEAN_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)))
3707 || maybe_ne (2 * TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (lhs_type),
3708 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type)))
3709 {
3710 error ("type mismatch in %qs expression", code_name);
3711 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3712 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3713 return true;
3714 }
3715
3716 return false;
3717
3718 case NEGATE_EXPR:
3719 case ABS_EXPR:
3720 case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
3721 case PAREN_EXPR:
3722 case CONJ_EXPR:
3723 break;
3724
3725 case ABSU_EXPR:
3726 if (!ANY_INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3727 || !TYPE_UNSIGNED (lhs_type)
3728 || !ANY_INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3729 || TYPE_UNSIGNED (rhs1_type)
3730 || element_precision (lhs_type) != element_precision (rhs1_type))
3731 {
3732 error ("invalid types for %qs", code_name);
3733 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3734 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3735 return true;
3736 }
3737 return false;
3738
3739 case VEC_DUPLICATE_EXPR:
3740 if (TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
3741 || !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type), rhs1_type))
3742 {
3743 error ("%qs should be from a scalar to a like vector", code_name);
3744 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3745 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3746 return true;
3747 }
3748 return false;
3749
3750 default:
3751 gcc_unreachable ();
3752 }
3753
3754 /* For the remaining codes assert there is no conversion involved. */
3755 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type))
3756 {
3757 error ("non-trivial conversion in unary operation");
3758 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3759 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3760 return true;
3761 }
3762
3763 return false;
3764 }
3765
3766 /* Verify a gimple assignment statement STMT with a binary rhs.
3767 Returns true if anything is wrong. */
3768
3769 static bool
3770 verify_gimple_assign_binary (gassign *stmt)
3771 {
3772 enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
3773 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
3774 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs);
3775 tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
3776 tree rhs1_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs1);
3777 tree rhs2 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
3778 tree rhs2_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs2);
3779
3780 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs))
3781 {
3782 error ("non-register as LHS of binary operation");
3783 return true;
3784 }
3785
3786 if (!is_gimple_val (rhs1)
3787 || !is_gimple_val (rhs2))
3788 {
3789 error ("invalid operands in binary operation");
3790 return true;
3791 }
3792
3793 const char* const code_name = get_tree_code_name (rhs_code);
3794
3795 /* First handle operations that involve different types. */
3796 switch (rhs_code)
3797 {
3798 case COMPLEX_EXPR:
3799 {
3800 if (TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != COMPLEX_TYPE
3801 || !(INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3802 || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
3803 || !(INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs2_type)
3804 || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs2_type)))
3805 {
3806 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3807 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3808 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3809 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
3810 return true;
3811 }
3812
3813 return false;
3814 }
3815
3816 case LSHIFT_EXPR:
3817 case RSHIFT_EXPR:
3818 case LROTATE_EXPR:
3819 case RROTATE_EXPR:
3820 {
3821 /* Shifts and rotates are ok on integral types, fixed point
3822 types and integer vector types. */
3823 if ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3824 && !FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3825 && !(TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) == VECTOR_TYPE
3826 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))))
3827 || (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs2_type)
3828 /* Vector shifts of vectors are also ok. */
3829 && !(TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) == VECTOR_TYPE
3830 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))
3831 && TREE_CODE (rhs2_type) == VECTOR_TYPE
3832 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs2_type))))
3833 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type))
3834 {
3835 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3836 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3837 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3838 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
3839 return true;
3840 }
3841
3842 return false;
3843 }
3844
3845 case WIDEN_LSHIFT_EXPR:
3846 {
3847 if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3848 || !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3849 || TREE_CODE (rhs2) != INTEGER_CST
3850 || (2 * TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) > TYPE_PRECISION (lhs_type)))
3851 {
3852 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3853 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3854 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3855 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
3856 return true;
3857 }
3858
3859 return false;
3860 }
3861
3862 case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_HI_EXPR:
3863 case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_LO_EXPR:
3864 {
3865 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
3866 || TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
3867 || !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))
3868 || !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))
3869 || TREE_CODE (rhs2) != INTEGER_CST
3870 || (2 * TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))
3871 > TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))))
3872 {
3873 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3874 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3875 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3876 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
3877 return true;
3878 }
3879
3880 return false;
3881 }
3882
3883 case PLUS_EXPR:
3884 case MINUS_EXPR:
3885 {
3886 tree lhs_etype = lhs_type;
3887 tree rhs1_etype = rhs1_type;
3888 tree rhs2_etype = rhs2_type;
3889 if (TREE_CODE (lhs_type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
3890 {
3891 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
3892 || TREE_CODE (rhs2_type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
3893 {
3894 error ("invalid non-vector operands to %qs", code_name);
3895 return true;
3896 }
3897 lhs_etype = TREE_TYPE (lhs_type);
3898 rhs1_etype = TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type);
3899 rhs2_etype = TREE_TYPE (rhs2_type);
3900 }
3901 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (lhs_etype)
3902 || POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs1_etype)
3903 || POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs2_etype))
3904 {
3905 error ("invalid (pointer) operands %qs", code_name);
3906 return true;
3907 }
3908
3909 /* Continue with generic binary expression handling. */
3910 break;
3911 }
3912
3913 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3914 {
3915 if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3916 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type)
3917 || !ptrofftype_p (rhs2_type))
3918 {
3919 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3920 debug_generic_stmt (lhs_type);
3921 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1_type);
3922 debug_generic_stmt (rhs2_type);
3923 return true;
3924 }
3925
3926 return false;
3927 }
3928
3929 case POINTER_DIFF_EXPR:
3930 {
3931 if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3932 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (rhs2_type)
3933 /* Because we special-case pointers to void we allow difference
3934 of arbitrary pointers with the same mode. */
3935 || TYPE_MODE (rhs1_type) != TYPE_MODE (rhs2_type)
3936 || TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != INTEGER_TYPE
3937 || TYPE_UNSIGNED (lhs_type)
3938 || TYPE_PRECISION (lhs_type) != TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type))
3939 {
3940 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3941 debug_generic_stmt (lhs_type);
3942 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1_type);
3943 debug_generic_stmt (rhs2_type);
3944 return true;
3945 }
3946
3947 return false;
3948 }
3949
3950 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
3951 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
3952 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
3953 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
3954 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
3955
3956 gcc_unreachable ();
3957
3958 case LT_EXPR:
3959 case LE_EXPR:
3960 case GT_EXPR:
3961 case GE_EXPR:
3962 case EQ_EXPR:
3963 case NE_EXPR:
3964 case UNORDERED_EXPR:
3965 case ORDERED_EXPR:
3966 case UNLT_EXPR:
3967 case UNLE_EXPR:
3968 case UNGT_EXPR:
3969 case UNGE_EXPR:
3970 case UNEQ_EXPR:
3971 case LTGT_EXPR:
3972 /* Comparisons are also binary, but the result type is not
3973 connected to the operand types. */
3974 return verify_gimple_comparison (lhs_type, rhs1, rhs2, rhs_code);
3975
3976 case WIDEN_MULT_EXPR:
3977 if (TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != INTEGER_TYPE)
3978 return true;
3979 return ((2 * TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) > TYPE_PRECISION (lhs_type))
3980 || (TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) != TYPE_PRECISION (rhs2_type)));
3981
3982 case WIDEN_SUM_EXPR:
3983 {
3984 if (((TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
3985 || TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
3986 && ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
3987 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
3988 || (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
3989 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (lhs_type))))
3990 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs2_type)
3991 || maybe_lt (GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (rhs2_type)),
3992 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (rhs1_type))))
3993 {
3994 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
3995 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
3996 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
3997 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
3998 return true;
3999 }
4000 return false;
4001 }
4002
4003 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_HI_EXPR:
4004 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_LO_EXPR:
4005 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_EVEN_EXPR:
4006 case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_ODD_EXPR:
4007 {
4008 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4009 || TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4010 || !types_compatible_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type)
4011 || maybe_ne (GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (lhs_type)),
4012 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (rhs1_type))))
4013 {
4014 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4015 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4016 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4017 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4018 return true;
4019 }
4020 return false;
4021 }
4022
4023 case VEC_PACK_TRUNC_EXPR:
4024 /* ??? We currently use VEC_PACK_TRUNC_EXPR to simply concat
4025 vector boolean types. */
4026 if (VECTOR_BOOLEAN_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
4027 && VECTOR_BOOLEAN_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
4028 && types_compatible_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type)
4029 && known_eq (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (lhs_type),
4030 2 * TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type)))
4031 return false;
4032
4033 /* Fallthru. */
4034 case VEC_PACK_SAT_EXPR:
4035 case VEC_PACK_FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
4036 {
4037 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4038 || TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4039 || !((rhs_code == VEC_PACK_FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
4040 && SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))
4041 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type)))
4042 || (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))
4043 == INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))))
4044 || !types_compatible_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type)
4045 || maybe_ne (GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (rhs1_type)),
4046 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (lhs_type)))
4047 || maybe_ne (2 * TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type),
4048 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (lhs_type)))
4049 {
4050 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4051 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4052 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4053 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4054 return true;
4055 }
4056
4057 return false;
4058 }
4059
4060 case VEC_PACK_FLOAT_EXPR:
4061 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4062 || TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4063 || !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))
4064 || !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))
4065 || !types_compatible_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type)
4066 || maybe_ne (GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (rhs1_type)),
4067 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (lhs_type)))
4068 || maybe_ne (2 * TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type),
4069 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (lhs_type)))
4070 {
4071 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4072 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4073 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4074 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4075 return true;
4076 }
4077
4078 return false;
4079
4080 case MULT_EXPR:
4081 case MULT_HIGHPART_EXPR:
4082 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
4083 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
4084 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
4085 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
4086 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
4087 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
4088 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
4089 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
4090 case RDIV_EXPR:
4091 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR:
4092 case MIN_EXPR:
4093 case MAX_EXPR:
4094 case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
4095 case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
4096 case BIT_AND_EXPR:
4097 /* Continue with generic binary expression handling. */
4098 break;
4099
4100 case VEC_SERIES_EXPR:
4101 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type))
4102 {
4103 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4104 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4105 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4106 return true;
4107 }
4108 if (TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4109 || !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type), rhs1_type))
4110 {
4111 error ("vector type expected in %qs", code_name);
4112 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4113 return true;
4114 }
4115 return false;
4116
4117 default:
4118 gcc_unreachable ();
4119 }
4120
4121 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type)
4122 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs2_type))
4123 {
4124 error ("type mismatch in binary expression");
4125 debug_generic_stmt (lhs_type);
4126 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1_type);
4127 debug_generic_stmt (rhs2_type);
4128 return true;
4129 }
4130
4131 return false;
4132 }
4133
4134 /* Verify a gimple assignment statement STMT with a ternary rhs.
4135 Returns true if anything is wrong. */
4136
4137 static bool
4138 verify_gimple_assign_ternary (gassign *stmt)
4139 {
4140 enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
4141 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
4142 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs);
4143 tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
4144 tree rhs1_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs1);
4145 tree rhs2 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
4146 tree rhs2_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs2);
4147 tree rhs3 = gimple_assign_rhs3 (stmt);
4148 tree rhs3_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs3);
4149
4150 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs))
4151 {
4152 error ("non-register as LHS of ternary operation");
4153 return true;
4154 }
4155
4156 if (((rhs_code == VEC_COND_EXPR || rhs_code == COND_EXPR)
4157 ? !is_gimple_condexpr (rhs1) : !is_gimple_val (rhs1))
4158 || !is_gimple_val (rhs2)
4159 || !is_gimple_val (rhs3))
4160 {
4161 error ("invalid operands in ternary operation");
4162 return true;
4163 }
4164
4165 const char* const code_name = get_tree_code_name (rhs_code);
4166
4167 /* First handle operations that involve different types. */
4168 switch (rhs_code)
4169 {
4170 case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR:
4171 case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR:
4172 if ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
4173 && !FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
4174 || !useless_type_conversion_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type)
4175 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs3_type)
4176 || 2 * TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) > TYPE_PRECISION (lhs_type)
4177 || TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type) != TYPE_PRECISION (rhs2_type))
4178 {
4179 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4180 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4181 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4182 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4183 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type);
4184 return true;
4185 }
4186 break;
4187
4188 case VEC_COND_EXPR:
4189 if (!VECTOR_BOOLEAN_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
4190 || maybe_ne (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type),
4191 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (lhs_type)))
4192 {
4193 error ("the first argument of a %qs must be of a "
4194 "boolean vector type of the same number of elements "
4195 "as the result", code_name);
4196 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4197 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4198 return true;
4199 }
4200 /* Fallthrough. */
4201 case COND_EXPR:
4202 if (!is_gimple_val (rhs1)
4203 && verify_gimple_comparison (TREE_TYPE (rhs1),
4204 TREE_OPERAND (rhs1, 0),
4205 TREE_OPERAND (rhs1, 1),
4206 TREE_CODE (rhs1)))
4207 return true;
4208 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs2_type)
4209 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs3_type))
4210 {
4211 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4212 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4213 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4214 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type);
4215 return true;
4216 }
4217 break;
4218
4219 case VEC_PERM_EXPR:
4220 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type)
4221 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs2_type))
4222 {
4223 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4224 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4225 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4226 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4227 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type);
4228 return true;
4229 }
4230
4231 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4232 || TREE_CODE (rhs2_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4233 || TREE_CODE (rhs3_type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
4234 {
4235 error ("vector types expected in %qs", code_name);
4236 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4237 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4238 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4239 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type);
4240 return true;
4241 }
4242
4243 if (maybe_ne (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type),
4244 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs2_type))
4245 || maybe_ne (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs2_type),
4246 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs3_type))
4247 || maybe_ne (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs3_type),
4248 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (lhs_type)))
4249 {
4250 error ("vectors with different element number found in %qs",
4251 code_name);
4252 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4253 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4254 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4255 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type);
4256 return true;
4257 }
4258
4259 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs3_type)) != INTEGER_TYPE
4260 || (TREE_CODE (rhs3) != VECTOR_CST
4261 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE
4262 (TREE_TYPE (rhs3_type)))
4263 != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (SCALAR_TYPE_MODE
4264 (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type))))))
4265 {
4266 error ("invalid mask type in %qs", code_name);
4267 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4268 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4269 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4270 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type);
4271 return true;
4272 }
4273
4274 return false;
4275
4276 case SAD_EXPR:
4277 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type)
4278 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs3_type)
4279 || 2 * GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type)))
4280 > GET_MODE_UNIT_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (lhs_type))))
4281 {
4282 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4283 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4284 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4285 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4286 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type);
4287 return true;
4288 }
4289
4290 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4291 || TREE_CODE (rhs2_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4292 || TREE_CODE (rhs3_type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
4293 {
4294 error ("vector types expected in %qs", code_name);
4295 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4296 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4297 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4298 debug_generic_expr (rhs3_type);
4299 return true;
4300 }
4301
4302 return false;
4303
4304 case BIT_INSERT_EXPR:
4305 if (! useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type))
4306 {
4307 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4308 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4309 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4310 return true;
4311 }
4312 if (! ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
4313 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs2_type))
4314 /* Vector element insert. */
4315 || (VECTOR_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
4316 && types_compatible_p (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type), rhs2_type))
4317 /* Aligned sub-vector insert. */
4318 || (VECTOR_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
4319 && VECTOR_TYPE_P (rhs2_type)
4320 && types_compatible_p (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type),
4321 TREE_TYPE (rhs2_type))
4322 && multiple_p (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type),
4323 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs2_type))
4324 && multiple_of_p (bitsizetype, rhs3, TYPE_SIZE (rhs2_type)))))
4325 {
4326 error ("not allowed type combination in %qs", code_name);
4327 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4328 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4329 return true;
4330 }
4331 if (! tree_fits_uhwi_p (rhs3)
4332 || ! types_compatible_p (bitsizetype, TREE_TYPE (rhs3))
4333 || ! tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_SIZE (rhs2_type)))
4334 {
4335 error ("invalid position or size in %qs", code_name);
4336 return true;
4337 }
4338 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
4339 && !type_has_mode_precision_p (rhs1_type))
4340 {
4341 error ("%qs into non-mode-precision operand", code_name);
4342 return true;
4343 }
4344 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
4345 {
4346 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = tree_to_uhwi (rhs3);
4347 if (bitpos >= TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type)
4348 || (bitpos + TYPE_PRECISION (rhs2_type)
4349 > TYPE_PRECISION (rhs1_type)))
4350 {
4351 error ("insertion out of range in %qs", code_name);
4352 return true;
4353 }
4354 }
4355 else if (VECTOR_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
4356 {
4357 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = tree_to_uhwi (rhs3);
4358 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (rhs2_type));
4359 if (bitpos % bitsize != 0)
4360 {
4361 error ("%qs not at element boundary", code_name);
4362 return true;
4363 }
4364 }
4365 return false;
4366
4367 case DOT_PROD_EXPR:
4368 {
4369 if (((TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) != VECTOR_TYPE
4370 || TREE_CODE (lhs_type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
4371 && ((!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (rhs1_type)
4372 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (rhs1_type))
4373 || (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (lhs_type)
4374 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (lhs_type))))
4375 || !types_compatible_p (rhs1_type, rhs2_type)
4376 || !useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs3_type)
4377 || maybe_lt (GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (rhs3_type)),
4378 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (element_mode (rhs1_type))))
4379 {
4380 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4381 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4382 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4383 debug_generic_expr (rhs2_type);
4384 return true;
4385 }
4386 return false;
4387 }
4388
4389 case REALIGN_LOAD_EXPR:
4390 /* FIXME. */
4391 return false;
4392
4393 default:
4394 gcc_unreachable ();
4395 }
4396 return false;
4397 }
4398
4399 /* Verify a gimple assignment statement STMT with a single rhs.
4400 Returns true if anything is wrong. */
4401
4402 static bool
4403 verify_gimple_assign_single (gassign *stmt)
4404 {
4405 enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
4406 tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
4407 tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs);
4408 tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
4409 tree rhs1_type = TREE_TYPE (rhs1);
4410 bool res = false;
4411
4412 const char* const code_name = get_tree_code_name (rhs_code);
4413
4414 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (lhs_type, rhs1_type))
4415 {
4416 error ("non-trivial conversion in %qs", code_name);
4417 debug_generic_expr (lhs_type);
4418 debug_generic_expr (rhs1_type);
4419 return true;
4420 }
4421
4422 if (gimple_clobber_p (stmt)
4423 && !(DECL_P (lhs) || TREE_CODE (lhs) == MEM_REF))
4424 {
4425 error ("%qs LHS in clobber statement",
4426 get_tree_code_name (TREE_CODE (lhs)));
4427 debug_generic_expr (lhs);
4428 return true;
4429 }
4430
4431 if (handled_component_p (lhs)
4432 || TREE_CODE (lhs) == MEM_REF
4433 || TREE_CODE (lhs) == TARGET_MEM_REF)
4434 res |= verify_types_in_gimple_reference (lhs, true);
4435
4436 /* Special codes we cannot handle via their class. */
4437 switch (rhs_code)
4438 {
4439 case ADDR_EXPR:
4440 {
4441 tree op = TREE_OPERAND (rhs1, 0);
4442 if (!is_gimple_addressable (op))
4443 {
4444 error ("invalid operand in %qs", code_name);
4445 return true;
4446 }
4447
4448 /* Technically there is no longer a need for matching types, but
4449 gimple hygiene asks for this check. In LTO we can end up
4450 combining incompatible units and thus end up with addresses
4451 of globals that change their type to a common one. */
4452 if (!in_lto_p
4453 && !types_compatible_p (TREE_TYPE (op),
4454 TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
4455 && !one_pointer_to_useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (rhs1),
4456 TREE_TYPE (op)))
4457 {
4458 error ("type mismatch in %qs", code_name);
4459 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (rhs1));
4460 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (op));
4461 return true;
4462 }
4463
4464 return (verify_address (rhs1, true)
4465 || verify_types_in_gimple_reference (op, true));
4466 }
4467
4468 /* tcc_reference */
4469 case INDIRECT_REF:
4470 error ("%qs in gimple IL", code_name);
4471 return true;
4472
4473 case COMPONENT_REF:
4474 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
4475 case ARRAY_REF:
4476 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
4477 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4478 case REALPART_EXPR:
4479 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
4480 case TARGET_MEM_REF:
4481 case MEM_REF:
4482 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs)
4483 && is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (lhs)))
4484 {
4485 error ("invalid RHS for gimple memory store: %qs", code_name);
4486 debug_generic_stmt (lhs);
4487 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4488 return true;
4489 }
4490 return res || verify_types_in_gimple_reference (rhs1, false);
4491
4492 /* tcc_constant */
4493 case SSA_NAME:
4494 case INTEGER_CST:
4495 case REAL_CST:
4496 case FIXED_CST:
4497 case COMPLEX_CST:
4498 case VECTOR_CST:
4499 case STRING_CST:
4500 return res;
4501
4502 /* tcc_declaration */
4503 case CONST_DECL:
4504 return res;
4505 case VAR_DECL:
4506 case PARM_DECL:
4507 if (!is_gimple_reg (lhs)
4508 && !is_gimple_reg (rhs1)
4509 && is_gimple_reg_type (TREE_TYPE (lhs)))
4510 {
4511 error ("invalid RHS for gimple memory store: %qs", code_name);
4512 debug_generic_stmt (lhs);
4513 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4514 return true;
4515 }
4516 return res;
4517
4518 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4519 if (TREE_CODE (rhs1_type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
4520 {
4521 unsigned int i;
4522 tree elt_i, elt_v, elt_t = NULL_TREE;
4523
4524 if (CONSTRUCTOR_NELTS (rhs1) == 0)
4525 return res;
4526 /* For vector CONSTRUCTORs we require that either it is empty
4527 CONSTRUCTOR, or it is a CONSTRUCTOR of smaller vector elements
4528 (then the element count must be correct to cover the whole
4529 outer vector and index must be NULL on all elements, or it is
4530 a CONSTRUCTOR of scalar elements, where we as an exception allow
4531 smaller number of elements (assuming zero filling) and
4532 consecutive indexes as compared to NULL indexes (such
4533 CONSTRUCTORs can appear in the IL from FEs). */
4534 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (rhs1), i, elt_i, elt_v)
4535 {
4536 if (elt_t == NULL_TREE)
4537 {
4538 elt_t = TREE_TYPE (elt_v);
4539 if (TREE_CODE (elt_t) == VECTOR_TYPE)
4540 {
4541 tree elt_t = TREE_TYPE (elt_v);
4542 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type),
4543 TREE_TYPE (elt_t)))
4544 {
4545 error ("incorrect type of vector %qs elements",
4546 code_name);
4547 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4548 return true;
4549 }
4550 else if (maybe_ne (CONSTRUCTOR_NELTS (rhs1)
4551 * TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (elt_t),
4552 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type)))
4553 {
4554 error ("incorrect number of vector %qs elements",
4555 code_name);
4556 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4557 return true;
4558 }
4559 }
4560 else if (!useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (rhs1_type),
4561 elt_t))
4562 {
4563 error ("incorrect type of vector %qs elements",
4564 code_name);
4565 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4566 return true;
4567 }
4568 else if (maybe_gt (CONSTRUCTOR_NELTS (rhs1),
4569 TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (rhs1_type)))
4570 {
4571 error ("incorrect number of vector %qs elements",
4572 code_name);
4573 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4574 return true;
4575 }
4576 }
4577 else if (!useless_type_conversion_p (elt_t, TREE_TYPE (elt_v)))
4578 {
4579 error ("incorrect type of vector CONSTRUCTOR elements");
4580 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4581 return true;
4582 }
4583 if (elt_i != NULL_TREE
4584 && (TREE_CODE (elt_t) == VECTOR_TYPE
4585 || TREE_CODE (elt_i) != INTEGER_CST
4586 || compare_tree_int (elt_i, i) != 0))
4587 {
4588 error ("vector %qs with non-NULL element index",
4589 code_name);
4590 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4591 return true;
4592 }
4593 if (!is_gimple_val (elt_v))
4594 {
4595 error ("vector %qs element is not a GIMPLE value",
4596 code_name);
4597 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4598 return true;
4599 }
4600 }
4601 }
4602 else if (CONSTRUCTOR_NELTS (rhs1) != 0)
4603 {
4604 error ("non-vector %qs with elements", code_name);
4605 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4606 return true;
4607 }
4608 return res;
4609
4610 case ASSERT_EXPR:
4611 /* FIXME. */
4612 rhs1 = fold (ASSERT_EXPR_COND (rhs1));
4613 if (rhs1 == boolean_false_node)
4614 {
4615 error ("%qs with an always-false condition", code_name);
4616 debug_generic_stmt (rhs1);
4617 return true;
4618 }
4619 break;
4620
4621 case OBJ_TYPE_REF:
4622 case WITH_SIZE_EXPR:
4623 /* FIXME. */
4624 return res;
4625
4626 default:;
4627 }
4628
4629 return res;
4630 }
4631
4632 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_ASSIGN STMT. Returns true when there
4633 is a problem, otherwise false. */
4634
4635 static bool
4636 verify_gimple_assign (gassign *stmt)
4637 {
4638 switch (gimple_assign_rhs_class (stmt))
4639 {
4640 case GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS:
4641 return verify_gimple_assign_single (stmt);
4642
4643 case GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS:
4644 return verify_gimple_assign_unary (stmt);
4645
4646 case GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS:
4647 return verify_gimple_assign_binary (stmt);
4648
4649 case GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS:
4650 return verify_gimple_assign_ternary (stmt);
4651
4652 default:
4653 gcc_unreachable ();
4654 }
4655 }
4656
4657 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_RETURN STMT. Returns true when there
4658 is a problem, otherwise false. */
4659
4660 static bool
4661 verify_gimple_return (greturn *stmt)
4662 {
4663 tree op = gimple_return_retval (stmt);
4664 tree restype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (cfun->decl));
4665
4666 /* We cannot test for present return values as we do not fix up missing
4667 return values from the original source. */
4668 if (op == NULL)
4669 return false;
4670
4671 if (!is_gimple_val (op)
4672 && TREE_CODE (op) != RESULT_DECL)
4673 {
4674 error ("invalid operand in return statement");
4675 debug_generic_stmt (op);
4676 return true;
4677 }
4678
4679 if ((TREE_CODE (op) == RESULT_DECL
4680 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (op))
4681 || (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME
4682 && SSA_NAME_VAR (op)
4683 && TREE_CODE (SSA_NAME_VAR (op)) == RESULT_DECL
4684 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (SSA_NAME_VAR (op))))
4685 op = TREE_TYPE (op);
4686
4687 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (restype, TREE_TYPE (op)))
4688 {
4689 error ("invalid conversion in return statement");
4690 debug_generic_stmt (restype);
4691 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (op));
4692 return true;
4693 }
4694
4695 return false;
4696 }
4697
4698
4699 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_GOTO STMT. Returns true when there
4700 is a problem, otherwise false. */
4701
4702 static bool
4703 verify_gimple_goto (ggoto *stmt)
4704 {
4705 tree dest = gimple_goto_dest (stmt);
4706
4707 /* ??? We have two canonical forms of direct goto destinations, a
4708 bare LABEL_DECL and an ADDR_EXPR of a LABEL_DECL. */
4709 if (TREE_CODE (dest) != LABEL_DECL
4710 && (!is_gimple_val (dest)
4711 || !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (dest))))
4712 {
4713 error ("goto destination is neither a label nor a pointer");
4714 return true;
4715 }
4716
4717 return false;
4718 }
4719
4720 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_SWITCH STMT. Returns true when there
4721 is a problem, otherwise false. */
4722
4723 static bool
4724 verify_gimple_switch (gswitch *stmt)
4725 {
4726 unsigned int i, n;
4727 tree elt, prev_upper_bound = NULL_TREE;
4728 tree index_type, elt_type = NULL_TREE;
4729
4730 if (!is_gimple_val (gimple_switch_index (stmt)))
4731 {
4732 error ("invalid operand to switch statement");
4733 debug_generic_stmt (gimple_switch_index (stmt));
4734 return true;
4735 }
4736
4737 index_type = TREE_TYPE (gimple_switch_index (stmt));
4738 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (index_type))
4739 {
4740 error ("non-integral type switch statement");
4741 debug_generic_expr (index_type);
4742 return true;
4743 }
4744
4745 elt = gimple_switch_label (stmt, 0);
4746 if (CASE_LOW (elt) != NULL_TREE
4747 || CASE_HIGH (elt) != NULL_TREE
4748 || CASE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE)
4749 {
4750 error ("invalid default case label in switch statement");
4751 debug_generic_expr (elt);
4752 return true;
4753 }
4754
4755 n = gimple_switch_num_labels (stmt);
4756 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
4757 {
4758 elt = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i);
4759
4760 if (CASE_CHAIN (elt))
4761 {
4762 error ("invalid %<CASE_CHAIN%>");
4763 debug_generic_expr (elt);
4764 return true;
4765 }
4766 if (! CASE_LOW (elt))
4767 {
4768 error ("invalid case label in switch statement");
4769 debug_generic_expr (elt);
4770 return true;
4771 }
4772 if (CASE_HIGH (elt)
4773 && ! tree_int_cst_lt (CASE_LOW (elt), CASE_HIGH (elt)))
4774 {
4775 error ("invalid case range in switch statement");
4776 debug_generic_expr (elt);
4777 return true;
4778 }
4779
4780 if (elt_type)
4781 {
4782 if (TREE_TYPE (CASE_LOW (elt)) != elt_type
4783 || (CASE_HIGH (elt) && TREE_TYPE (CASE_HIGH (elt)) != elt_type))
4784 {
4785 error ("type mismatch for case label in switch statement");
4786 debug_generic_expr (elt);
4787 return true;
4788 }
4789 }
4790 else
4791 {
4792 elt_type = TREE_TYPE (CASE_LOW (elt));
4793 if (TYPE_PRECISION (index_type) < TYPE_PRECISION (elt_type))
4794 {
4795 error ("type precision mismatch in switch statement");
4796 return true;
4797 }
4798 }
4799
4800 if (prev_upper_bound)
4801 {
4802 if (! tree_int_cst_lt (prev_upper_bound, CASE_LOW (elt)))
4803 {
4804 error ("case labels not sorted in switch statement");
4805 return true;
4806 }
4807 }
4808
4809 prev_upper_bound = CASE_HIGH (elt);
4810 if (! prev_upper_bound)
4811 prev_upper_bound = CASE_LOW (elt);
4812 }
4813
4814 return false;
4815 }
4816
4817 /* Verify a gimple debug statement STMT.
4818 Returns true if anything is wrong. */
4819
4820 static bool
4821 verify_gimple_debug (gimple *stmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4822 {
4823 /* There isn't much that could be wrong in a gimple debug stmt. A
4824 gimple debug bind stmt, for example, maps a tree, that's usually
4825 a VAR_DECL or a PARM_DECL, but that could also be some scalarized
4826 component or member of an aggregate type, to another tree, that
4827 can be an arbitrary expression. These stmts expand into debug
4828 insns, and are converted to debug notes by var-tracking.c. */
4829 return false;
4830 }
4831
4832 /* Verify a gimple label statement STMT.
4833 Returns true if anything is wrong. */
4834
4835 static bool
4836 verify_gimple_label (glabel *stmt)
4837 {
4838 tree decl = gimple_label_label (stmt);
4839 int uid;
4840 bool err = false;
4841
4842 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL)
4843 return true;
4844 if (!DECL_NONLOCAL (decl) && !FORCED_LABEL (decl)
4845 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) != current_function_decl)
4846 {
4847 error ("label context is not the current function declaration");
4848 err |= true;
4849 }
4850
4851 uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (decl);
4852 if (cfun->cfg
4853 && (uid == -1
4854 || (*label_to_block_map_for_fn (cfun))[uid] != gimple_bb (stmt)))
4855 {
4856 error ("incorrect entry in %<label_to_block_map%>");
4857 err |= true;
4858 }
4859
4860 uid = EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (decl);
4861 if (uid)
4862 {
4863 eh_landing_pad lp = get_eh_landing_pad_from_number (uid);
4864 if (decl != lp->post_landing_pad)
4865 {
4866 error ("incorrect setting of landing pad number");
4867 err |= true;
4868 }
4869 }
4870
4871 return err;
4872 }
4873
4874 /* Verify a gimple cond statement STMT.
4875 Returns true if anything is wrong. */
4876
4877 static bool
4878 verify_gimple_cond (gcond *stmt)
4879 {
4880 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (gimple_cond_code (stmt)) != tcc_comparison)
4881 {
4882 error ("invalid comparison code in gimple cond");
4883 return true;
4884 }
4885 if (!(!gimple_cond_true_label (stmt)
4886 || TREE_CODE (gimple_cond_true_label (stmt)) == LABEL_DECL)
4887 || !(!gimple_cond_false_label (stmt)
4888 || TREE_CODE (gimple_cond_false_label (stmt)) == LABEL_DECL))
4889 {
4890 error ("invalid labels in gimple cond");
4891 return true;
4892 }
4893
4894 return verify_gimple_comparison (boolean_type_node,
4895 gimple_cond_lhs (stmt),
4896 gimple_cond_rhs (stmt),
4897 gimple_cond_code (stmt));
4898 }
4899
4900 /* Verify the GIMPLE statement STMT. Returns true if there is an
4901 error, otherwise false. */
4902
4903 static bool
4904 verify_gimple_stmt (gimple *stmt)
4905 {
4906 switch (gimple_code (stmt))
4907 {
4908 case GIMPLE_ASSIGN:
4909 return verify_gimple_assign (as_a <gassign *> (stmt));
4910
4911 case GIMPLE_LABEL:
4912 return verify_gimple_label (as_a <glabel *> (stmt));
4913
4914 case GIMPLE_CALL:
4915 return verify_gimple_call (as_a <gcall *> (stmt));
4916
4917 case GIMPLE_COND:
4918 return verify_gimple_cond (as_a <gcond *> (stmt));
4919
4920 case GIMPLE_GOTO:
4921 return verify_gimple_goto (as_a <ggoto *> (stmt));
4922
4923 case GIMPLE_SWITCH:
4924 return verify_gimple_switch (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt));
4925
4926 case GIMPLE_RETURN:
4927 return verify_gimple_return (as_a <greturn *> (stmt));
4928
4929 case GIMPLE_ASM:
4930 return false;
4931
4932 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION:
4933 return verify_gimple_transaction (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt));
4934
4935 /* Tuples that do not have tree operands. */
4936 case GIMPLE_NOP:
4937 case GIMPLE_PREDICT:
4938 case GIMPLE_RESX:
4939 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH:
4940 case GIMPLE_EH_MUST_NOT_THROW:
4941 return false;
4942
4943 CASE_GIMPLE_OMP:
4944 /* OpenMP directives are validated by the FE and never operated
4945 on by the optimizers. Furthermore, GIMPLE_OMP_FOR may contain
4946 non-gimple expressions when the main index variable has had
4947 its address taken. This does not affect the loop itself
4948 because the header of an GIMPLE_OMP_FOR is merely used to determine
4949 how to setup the parallel iteration. */
4950 return false;
4951
4952 case GIMPLE_DEBUG:
4953 return verify_gimple_debug (stmt);
4954
4955 default:
4956 gcc_unreachable ();
4957 }
4958 }
4959
4960 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_PHI. Returns true if there is a problem,
4961 and false otherwise. */
4962
4963 static bool
4964 verify_gimple_phi (gphi *phi)
4965 {
4966 bool err = false;
4967 unsigned i;
4968 tree phi_result = gimple_phi_result (phi);
4969 bool virtual_p;
4970
4971 if (!phi_result)
4972 {
4973 error ("invalid %<PHI%> result");
4974 return true;
4975 }
4976
4977 virtual_p = virtual_operand_p (phi_result);
4978 if (TREE_CODE (phi_result) != SSA_NAME
4979 || (virtual_p
4980 && SSA_NAME_VAR (phi_result) != gimple_vop (cfun)))
4981 {
4982 error ("invalid %<PHI%> result");
4983 err = true;
4984 }
4985
4986 for (i = 0; i < gimple_phi_num_args (phi); i++)
4987 {
4988 tree t = gimple_phi_arg_def (phi, i);
4989
4990 if (!t)
4991 {
4992 error ("missing %<PHI%> def");
4993 err |= true;
4994 continue;
4995 }
4996 /* Addressable variables do have SSA_NAMEs but they
4997 are not considered gimple values. */
4998 else if ((TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME
4999 && virtual_p != virtual_operand_p (t))
5000 || (virtual_p
5001 && (TREE_CODE (t) != SSA_NAME
5002 || SSA_NAME_VAR (t) != gimple_vop (cfun)))
5003 || (!virtual_p
5004 && !is_gimple_val (t)))
5005 {
5006 error ("invalid %<PHI%> argument");
5007 debug_generic_expr (t);
5008 err |= true;
5009 }
5010 #ifdef ENABLE_TYPES_CHECKING
5011 if (!useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (phi_result), TREE_TYPE (t)))
5012 {
5013 error ("incompatible types in %<PHI%> argument %u", i);
5014 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (phi_result));
5015 debug_generic_stmt (TREE_TYPE (t));
5016 err |= true;
5017 }
5018 #endif
5019 }
5020
5021 return err;
5022 }
5023
5024 /* Verify the GIMPLE statements inside the sequence STMTS. */
5025
5026 static bool
5027 verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_seq stmts)
5028 {
5029 gimple_stmt_iterator ittr;
5030 bool err = false;
5031
5032 for (ittr = gsi_start (stmts); !gsi_end_p (ittr); gsi_next (&ittr))
5033 {
5034 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (ittr);
5035
5036 switch (gimple_code (stmt))
5037 {
5038 case GIMPLE_BIND:
5039 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (
5040 gimple_bind_body (as_a <gbind *> (stmt)));
5041 break;
5042
5043 case GIMPLE_TRY:
5044 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_try_eval (stmt));
5045 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_try_cleanup (stmt));
5046 break;
5047
5048 case GIMPLE_EH_FILTER:
5049 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_eh_filter_failure (stmt));
5050 break;
5051
5052 case GIMPLE_EH_ELSE:
5053 {
5054 geh_else *eh_else = as_a <geh_else *> (stmt);
5055 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_eh_else_n_body (eh_else));
5056 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_eh_else_e_body (eh_else));
5057 }
5058 break;
5059
5060 case GIMPLE_CATCH:
5061 err |= verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_catch_handler (
5062 as_a <gcatch *> (stmt)));
5063 break;
5064
5065 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION:
5066 err |= verify_gimple_transaction (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt));
5067 break;
5068
5069 default:
5070 {
5071 bool err2 = verify_gimple_stmt (stmt);
5072 if (err2)
5073 debug_gimple_stmt (stmt);
5074 err |= err2;
5075 }
5076 }
5077 }
5078
5079 return err;
5080 }
5081
5082 /* Verify the contents of a GIMPLE_TRANSACTION. Returns true if there
5083 is a problem, otherwise false. */
5084
5085 static bool
5086 verify_gimple_transaction (gtransaction *stmt)
5087 {
5088 tree lab;
5089
5090 lab = gimple_transaction_label_norm (stmt);
5091 if (lab != NULL && TREE_CODE (lab) != LABEL_DECL)
5092 return true;
5093 lab = gimple_transaction_label_uninst (stmt);
5094 if (lab != NULL && TREE_CODE (lab) != LABEL_DECL)
5095 return true;
5096 lab = gimple_transaction_label_over (stmt);
5097 if (lab != NULL && TREE_CODE (lab) != LABEL_DECL)
5098 return true;
5099
5100 return verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (gimple_transaction_body (stmt));
5101 }
5102
5103
5104 /* Verify the GIMPLE statements inside the statement list STMTS. */
5105
5106 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
5107 verify_gimple_in_seq (gimple_seq stmts)
5108 {
5109 timevar_push (TV_TREE_STMT_VERIFY);
5110 if (verify_gimple_in_seq_2 (stmts))
5111 internal_error ("%<verify_gimple%> failed");
5112 timevar_pop (TV_TREE_STMT_VERIFY);
5113 }
5114
5115 /* Return true when the T can be shared. */
5116
5117 static bool
5118 tree_node_can_be_shared (tree t)
5119 {
5120 if (IS_TYPE_OR_DECL_P (t)
5121 || TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME
5122 || TREE_CODE (t) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
5123 || TREE_CODE (t) == CASE_LABEL_EXPR
5124 || is_gimple_min_invariant (t))
5125 return true;
5126
5127 if (t == error_mark_node)
5128 return true;
5129
5130 return false;
5131 }
5132
5133 /* Called via walk_tree. Verify tree sharing. */
5134
5135 static tree
5136 verify_node_sharing_1 (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data)
5137 {
5138 hash_set<void *> *visited = (hash_set<void *> *) data;
5139
5140 if (tree_node_can_be_shared (*tp))
5141 {
5142 *walk_subtrees = false;
5143 return NULL;
5144 }
5145
5146 if (visited->add (*tp))
5147 return *tp;
5148
5149 return NULL;
5150 }
5151
5152 /* Called via walk_gimple_stmt. Verify tree sharing. */
5153
5154 static tree
5155 verify_node_sharing (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data)
5156 {
5157 struct walk_stmt_info *wi = (struct walk_stmt_info *) data;
5158 return verify_node_sharing_1 (tp, walk_subtrees, wi->info);
5159 }
5160
5161 static bool eh_error_found;
5162 bool
5163 verify_eh_throw_stmt_node (gimple *const &stmt, const int &,
5164 hash_set<gimple *> *visited)
5165 {
5166 if (!visited->contains (stmt))
5167 {
5168 error ("dead statement in EH table");
5169 debug_gimple_stmt (stmt);
5170 eh_error_found = true;
5171 }
5172 return true;
5173 }
5174
5175 /* Verify if the location LOCs block is in BLOCKS. */
5176
5177 static bool
5178 verify_location (hash_set<tree> *blocks, location_t loc)
5179 {
5180 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (loc);
5181 if (block != NULL_TREE
5182 && !blocks->contains (block))
5183 {
5184 error ("location references block not in block tree");
5185 return true;
5186 }
5187 if (block != NULL_TREE)
5188 return verify_location (blocks, BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (block));
5189 return false;
5190 }
5191
5192 /* Called via walk_tree. Verify that expressions have no blocks. */
5193
5194 static tree
5195 verify_expr_no_block (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *)
5196 {
5197 if (!EXPR_P (*tp))
5198 {
5199 *walk_subtrees = false;
5200 return NULL;
5201 }
5202
5203 location_t loc = EXPR_LOCATION (*tp);
5204 if (LOCATION_BLOCK (loc) != NULL)
5205 return *tp;
5206
5207 return NULL;
5208 }
5209
5210 /* Called via walk_tree. Verify locations of expressions. */
5211
5212 static tree
5213 verify_expr_location_1 (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data)
5214 {
5215 hash_set<tree> *blocks = (hash_set<tree> *) data;
5216 tree t = *tp;
5217
5218 /* ??? This doesn't really belong here but there's no good place to
5219 stick this remainder of old verify_expr. */
5220 /* ??? This barfs on debug stmts which contain binds to vars with
5221 different function context. */
5222 #if 0
5223 if (VAR_P (t)
5224 || TREE_CODE (t) == PARM_DECL
5225 || TREE_CODE (t) == RESULT_DECL)
5226 {
5227 tree context = decl_function_context (t);
5228 if (context != cfun->decl
5229 && !SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (context)
5230 && !TREE_STATIC (t)
5231 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (t))
5232 {
5233 error ("local declaration from a different function");
5234 return t;
5235 }
5236 }
5237 #endif
5238
5239 if (VAR_P (t) && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (t))
5240 {
5241 tree x = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (t);
5242 tree addr = walk_tree (&x, verify_expr_no_block, NULL, NULL);
5243 if (addr)
5244 return addr;
5245 }
5246 if ((VAR_P (t)
5247 || TREE_CODE (t) == PARM_DECL
5248 || TREE_CODE (t) == RESULT_DECL)
5249 && DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (t))
5250 {
5251 tree x = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (t);
5252 tree addr = walk_tree (&x, verify_expr_no_block, NULL, NULL);
5253 if (addr)
5254 return addr;
5255 }
5256
5257 if (!EXPR_P (t))
5258 {
5259 *walk_subtrees = false;
5260 return NULL;
5261 }
5262
5263 location_t loc = EXPR_LOCATION (t);
5264 if (verify_location (blocks, loc))
5265 return t;
5266
5267 return NULL;
5268 }
5269
5270 /* Called via walk_gimple_op. Verify locations of expressions. */
5271
5272 static tree
5273 verify_expr_location (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data)
5274 {
5275 struct walk_stmt_info *wi = (struct walk_stmt_info *) data;
5276 return verify_expr_location_1 (tp, walk_subtrees, wi->info);
5277 }
5278
5279 /* Insert all subblocks of BLOCK into BLOCKS and recurse. */
5280
5281 static void
5282 collect_subblocks (hash_set<tree> *blocks, tree block)
5283 {
5284 tree t;
5285 for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); t; t = BLOCK_CHAIN (t))
5286 {
5287 blocks->add (t);
5288 collect_subblocks (blocks, t);
5289 }
5290 }
5291
5292 /* Disable warnings about missing quoting in GCC diagnostics for
5293 the verification errors. Their format strings don't follow
5294 GCC diagnostic conventions and trigger an ICE in the end. */
5295 #if __GNUC__ >= 10
5296 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
5297 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-diag"
5298 #endif
5299
5300 /* Verify the GIMPLE statements in the CFG of FN. */
5301
5302 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
5303 verify_gimple_in_cfg (struct function *fn, bool verify_nothrow)
5304 {
5305 basic_block bb;
5306 bool err = false;
5307
5308 timevar_push (TV_TREE_STMT_VERIFY);
5309 hash_set<void *> visited;
5310 hash_set<gimple *> visited_throwing_stmts;
5311
5312 /* Collect all BLOCKs referenced by the BLOCK tree of FN. */
5313 hash_set<tree> blocks;
5314 if (DECL_INITIAL (fn->decl))
5315 {
5316 blocks.add (DECL_INITIAL (fn->decl));
5317 collect_subblocks (&blocks, DECL_INITIAL (fn->decl));
5318 }
5319
5320 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, fn)
5321 {
5322 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
5323 edge_iterator ei;
5324 edge e;
5325
5326 for (gphi_iterator gpi = gsi_start_phis (bb);
5327 !gsi_end_p (gpi);
5328 gsi_next (&gpi))
5329 {
5330 gphi *phi = gpi.phi ();
5331 bool err2 = false;
5332 unsigned i;
5333
5334 if (gimple_bb (phi) != bb)
5335 {
5336 error ("gimple_bb (phi) is set to a wrong basic block");
5337 err2 = true;
5338 }
5339
5340 err2 |= verify_gimple_phi (phi);
5341
5342 /* Only PHI arguments have locations. */
5343 if (gimple_location (phi) != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
5344 {
5345 error ("PHI node with location");
5346 err2 = true;
5347 }
5348
5349 for (i = 0; i < gimple_phi_num_args (phi); i++)
5350 {
5351 tree arg = gimple_phi_arg_def (phi, i);
5352 tree addr = walk_tree (&arg, verify_node_sharing_1,
5353 &visited, NULL);
5354 if (addr)
5355 {
5356 error ("incorrect sharing of tree nodes");
5357 debug_generic_expr (addr);
5358 err2 |= true;
5359 }
5360 location_t loc = gimple_phi_arg_location (phi, i);
5361 if (virtual_operand_p (gimple_phi_result (phi))
5362 && loc != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
5363 {
5364 error ("virtual PHI with argument locations");
5365 err2 = true;
5366 }
5367 addr = walk_tree (&arg, verify_expr_location_1, &blocks, NULL);
5368 if (addr)
5369 {
5370 debug_generic_expr (addr);
5371 err2 = true;
5372 }
5373 err2 |= verify_location (&blocks, loc);
5374 }
5375
5376 if (err2)
5377 debug_gimple_stmt (phi);
5378 err |= err2;
5379 }
5380
5381 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
5382 {
5383 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
5384 bool err2 = false;
5385 struct walk_stmt_info wi;
5386 tree addr;
5387 int lp_nr;
5388
5389 if (gimple_bb (stmt) != bb)
5390 {
5391 error ("gimple_bb (stmt) is set to a wrong basic block");
5392 err2 = true;
5393 }
5394
5395 err2 |= verify_gimple_stmt (stmt);
5396 err2 |= verify_location (&blocks, gimple_location (stmt));
5397
5398 memset (&wi, 0, sizeof (wi));
5399 wi.info = (void *) &visited;
5400 addr = walk_gimple_op (stmt, verify_node_sharing, &wi);
5401 if (addr)
5402 {
5403 error ("incorrect sharing of tree nodes");
5404 debug_generic_expr (addr);
5405 err2 |= true;
5406 }
5407
5408 memset (&wi, 0, sizeof (wi));
5409 wi.info = (void *) &blocks;
5410 addr = walk_gimple_op (stmt, verify_expr_location, &wi);
5411 if (addr)
5412 {
5413 debug_generic_expr (addr);
5414 err2 |= true;
5415 }
5416
5417 /* If the statement is marked as part of an EH region, then it is
5418 expected that the statement could throw. Verify that when we
5419 have optimizations that simplify statements such that we prove
5420 that they cannot throw, that we update other data structures
5421 to match. */
5422 lp_nr = lookup_stmt_eh_lp (stmt);
5423 if (lp_nr != 0)
5424 visited_throwing_stmts.add (stmt);
5425 if (lp_nr > 0)
5426 {
5427 if (!stmt_could_throw_p (cfun, stmt))
5428 {
5429 if (verify_nothrow)
5430 {
5431 error ("statement marked for throw, but doesn%'t");
5432 err2 |= true;
5433 }
5434 }
5435 else if (!gsi_one_before_end_p (gsi))
5436 {
5437 error ("statement marked for throw in middle of block");
5438 err2 |= true;
5439 }
5440 }
5441
5442 if (err2)
5443 debug_gimple_stmt (stmt);
5444 err |= err2;
5445 }
5446
5447 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
5448 if (e->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
5449 err |= verify_location (&blocks, e->goto_locus);
5450 }
5451
5452 hash_map<gimple *, int> *eh_table = get_eh_throw_stmt_table (cfun);
5453 eh_error_found = false;
5454 if (eh_table)
5455 eh_table->traverse<hash_set<gimple *> *, verify_eh_throw_stmt_node>
5456 (&visited_throwing_stmts);
5457
5458 if (err || eh_error_found)
5459 internal_error ("verify_gimple failed");
5460
5461 verify_histograms ();
5462 timevar_pop (TV_TREE_STMT_VERIFY);
5463 }
5464
5465
5466 /* Verifies that the flow information is OK. */
5467
5468 static int
5469 gimple_verify_flow_info (void)
5470 {
5471 int err = 0;
5472 basic_block bb;
5473 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
5474 gimple *stmt;
5475 edge e;
5476 edge_iterator ei;
5477
5478 if (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->il.gimple.seq
5479 || ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->il.gimple.phi_nodes)
5480 {
5481 error ("ENTRY_BLOCK has IL associated with it");
5482 err = 1;
5483 }
5484
5485 if (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->il.gimple.seq
5486 || EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->il.gimple.phi_nodes)
5487 {
5488 error ("EXIT_BLOCK has IL associated with it");
5489 err = 1;
5490 }
5491
5492 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->preds)
5493 if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
5494 {
5495 error ("fallthru to exit from bb %d", e->src->index);
5496 err = 1;
5497 }
5498
5499 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
5500 {
5501 bool found_ctrl_stmt = false;
5502
5503 stmt = NULL;
5504
5505 /* Skip labels on the start of basic block. */
5506 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
5507 {
5508 tree label;
5509 gimple *prev_stmt = stmt;
5510
5511 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
5512
5513 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_LABEL)
5514 break;
5515
5516 label = gimple_label_label (as_a <glabel *> (stmt));
5517 if (prev_stmt && DECL_NONLOCAL (label))
5518 {
5519 error ("nonlocal label ");
5520 print_generic_expr (stderr, label);
5521 fprintf (stderr, " is not first in a sequence of labels in bb %d",
5522 bb->index);
5523 err = 1;
5524 }
5525
5526 if (prev_stmt && EH_LANDING_PAD_NR (label) != 0)
5527 {
5528 error ("EH landing pad label ");
5529 print_generic_expr (stderr, label);
5530 fprintf (stderr, " is not first in a sequence of labels in bb %d",
5531 bb->index);
5532 err = 1;
5533 }
5534
5535 if (label_to_block (cfun, label) != bb)
5536 {
5537 error ("label ");
5538 print_generic_expr (stderr, label);
5539 fprintf (stderr, " to block does not match in bb %d",
5540 bb->index);
5541 err = 1;
5542 }
5543
5544 if (decl_function_context (label) != current_function_decl)
5545 {
5546 error ("label ");
5547 print_generic_expr (stderr, label);
5548 fprintf (stderr, " has incorrect context in bb %d",
5549 bb->index);
5550 err = 1;
5551 }
5552 }
5553
5554 /* Verify that body of basic block BB is free of control flow. */
5555 for (; !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
5556 {
5557 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
5558
5559 if (found_ctrl_stmt)
5560 {
5561 error ("control flow in the middle of basic block %d",
5562 bb->index);
5563 err = 1;
5564 }
5565
5566 if (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt))
5567 found_ctrl_stmt = true;
5568
5569 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt))
5570 {
5571 error ("label ");
5572 print_generic_expr (stderr, gimple_label_label (label_stmt));
5573 fprintf (stderr, " in the middle of basic block %d", bb->index);
5574 err = 1;
5575 }
5576 }
5577
5578 gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb);
5579 if (gsi_end_p (gsi))
5580 continue;
5581
5582 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
5583
5584 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_LABEL)
5585 continue;
5586
5587 err |= verify_eh_edges (stmt);
5588
5589 if (is_ctrl_stmt (stmt))
5590 {
5591 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
5592 if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
5593 {
5594 error ("fallthru edge after a control statement in bb %d",
5595 bb->index);
5596 err = 1;
5597 }
5598 }
5599
5600 if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_COND)
5601 {
5602 /* Verify that there are no edges with EDGE_TRUE/FALSE_FLAG set
5603 after anything else but if statement. */
5604 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
5605 if (e->flags & (EDGE_TRUE_VALUE | EDGE_FALSE_VALUE))
5606 {
5607 error ("true/false edge after a non-GIMPLE_COND in bb %d",
5608 bb->index);
5609 err = 1;
5610 }
5611 }
5612
5613 switch (gimple_code (stmt))
5614 {
5615 case GIMPLE_COND:
5616 {
5617 edge true_edge;
5618 edge false_edge;
5619
5620 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (bb, &true_edge, &false_edge);
5621
5622 if (!true_edge
5623 || !false_edge
5624 || !(true_edge->flags & EDGE_TRUE_VALUE)
5625 || !(false_edge->flags & EDGE_FALSE_VALUE)
5626 || (true_edge->flags & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_ABNORMAL))
5627 || (false_edge->flags & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_ABNORMAL))
5628 || EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) >= 3)
5629 {
5630 error ("wrong outgoing edge flags at end of bb %d",
5631 bb->index);
5632 err = 1;
5633 }
5634 }
5635 break;
5636
5637 case GIMPLE_GOTO:
5638 if (simple_goto_p (stmt))
5639 {
5640 error ("explicit goto at end of bb %d", bb->index);
5641 err = 1;
5642 }
5643 else
5644 {
5645 /* FIXME. We should double check that the labels in the
5646 destination blocks have their address taken. */
5647 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
5648 if ((e->flags & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_TRUE_VALUE
5649 | EDGE_FALSE_VALUE))
5650 || !(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL))
5651 {
5652 error ("wrong outgoing edge flags at end of bb %d",
5653 bb->index);
5654 err = 1;
5655 }
5656 }
5657 break;
5658
5659 case GIMPLE_CALL:
5660 if (!gimple_call_builtin_p (stmt, BUILT_IN_RETURN))
5661 break;
5662 /* fallthru */
5663 case GIMPLE_RETURN:
5664 if (!single_succ_p (bb)
5665 || (single_succ_edge (bb)->flags
5666 & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_ABNORMAL
5667 | EDGE_TRUE_VALUE | EDGE_FALSE_VALUE)))
5668 {
5669 error ("wrong outgoing edge flags at end of bb %d", bb->index);
5670 err = 1;
5671 }
5672 if (single_succ (bb) != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
5673 {
5674 error ("return edge does not point to exit in bb %d",
5675 bb->index);
5676 err = 1;
5677 }
5678 break;
5679
5680 case GIMPLE_SWITCH:
5681 {
5682 gswitch *switch_stmt = as_a <gswitch *> (stmt);
5683 tree prev;
5684 edge e;
5685 size_t i, n;
5686
5687 n = gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt);
5688
5689 /* Mark all the destination basic blocks. */
5690 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
5691 {
5692 basic_block label_bb = gimple_switch_label_bb (cfun, switch_stmt, i);
5693 gcc_assert (!label_bb->aux || label_bb->aux == (void *)1);
5694 label_bb->aux = (void *)1;
5695 }
5696
5697 /* Verify that the case labels are sorted. */
5698 prev = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, 0);
5699 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
5700 {
5701 tree c = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i);
5702 if (!CASE_LOW (c))
5703 {
5704 error ("found default case not at the start of "
5705 "case vector");
5706 err = 1;
5707 continue;
5708 }
5709 if (CASE_LOW (prev)
5710 && !tree_int_cst_lt (CASE_LOW (prev), CASE_LOW (c)))
5711 {
5712 error ("case labels not sorted: ");
5713 print_generic_expr (stderr, prev);
5714 fprintf (stderr," is greater than ");
5715 print_generic_expr (stderr, c);
5716 fprintf (stderr," but comes before it.\n");
5717 err = 1;
5718 }
5719 prev = c;
5720 }
5721 /* VRP will remove the default case if it can prove it will
5722 never be executed. So do not verify there always exists
5723 a default case here. */
5724
5725 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
5726 {
5727 if (!e->dest->aux)
5728 {
5729 error ("extra outgoing edge %d->%d",
5730 bb->index, e->dest->index);
5731 err = 1;
5732 }
5733
5734 e->dest->aux = (void *)2;
5735 if ((e->flags & (EDGE_FALLTHRU | EDGE_ABNORMAL
5736 | EDGE_TRUE_VALUE | EDGE_FALSE_VALUE)))
5737 {
5738 error ("wrong outgoing edge flags at end of bb %d",
5739 bb->index);
5740 err = 1;
5741 }
5742 }
5743
5744 /* Check that we have all of them. */
5745 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
5746 {
5747 basic_block label_bb = gimple_switch_label_bb (cfun,
5748 switch_stmt, i);
5749
5750 if (label_bb->aux != (void *)2)
5751 {
5752 error ("missing edge %i->%i", bb->index, label_bb->index);
5753 err = 1;
5754 }
5755 }
5756
5757 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
5758 e->dest->aux = (void *)0;
5759 }
5760 break;
5761
5762 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH:
5763 err |= verify_eh_dispatch_edge (as_a <geh_dispatch *> (stmt));
5764 break;
5765
5766 default:
5767 break;
5768 }
5769 }
5770
5771 if (dom_info_state (CDI_DOMINATORS) >= DOM_NO_FAST_QUERY)
5772 verify_dominators (CDI_DOMINATORS);
5773
5774 return err;
5775 }
5776
5777 #if __GNUC__ >= 10
5778 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
5779 #endif
5780
5781 /* Updates phi nodes after creating a forwarder block joined
5782 by edge FALLTHRU. */
5783
5784 static void
5785 gimple_make_forwarder_block (edge fallthru)
5786 {
5787 edge e;
5788 edge_iterator ei;
5789 basic_block dummy, bb;
5790 tree var;
5791 gphi_iterator gsi;
5792 bool forward_location_p;
5793
5794 dummy = fallthru->src;
5795 bb = fallthru->dest;
5796
5797 if (single_pred_p (bb))
5798 return;
5799
5800 /* We can forward location info if we have only one predecessor. */
5801 forward_location_p = single_pred_p (dummy);
5802
5803 /* If we redirected a branch we must create new PHI nodes at the
5804 start of BB. */
5805 for (gsi = gsi_start_phis (dummy); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
5806 {
5807 gphi *phi, *new_phi;
5808
5809 phi = gsi.phi ();
5810 var = gimple_phi_result (phi);
5811 new_phi = create_phi_node (var, bb);
5812 gimple_phi_set_result (phi, copy_ssa_name (var, phi));
5813 add_phi_arg (new_phi, gimple_phi_result (phi), fallthru,
5814 forward_location_p
5815 ? gimple_phi_arg_location (phi, 0) : UNKNOWN_LOCATION);
5816 }
5817
5818 /* Add the arguments we have stored on edges. */
5819 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
5820 {
5821 if (e == fallthru)
5822 continue;
5823
5824 flush_pending_stmts (e);
5825 }
5826 }
5827
5828
5829 /* Return a non-special label in the head of basic block BLOCK.
5830 Create one if it doesn't exist. */
5831
5832 tree
5833 gimple_block_label (basic_block bb)
5834 {
5835 gimple_stmt_iterator i, s = gsi_start_bb (bb);
5836 bool first = true;
5837 tree label;
5838 glabel *stmt;
5839
5840 for (i = s; !gsi_end_p (i); first = false, gsi_next (&i))
5841 {
5842 stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (gsi_stmt (i));
5843 if (!stmt)
5844 break;
5845 label = gimple_label_label (stmt);
5846 if (!DECL_NONLOCAL (label))
5847 {
5848 if (!first)
5849 gsi_move_before (&i, &s);
5850 return label;
5851 }
5852 }
5853
5854 label = create_artificial_label (UNKNOWN_LOCATION);
5855 stmt = gimple_build_label (label);
5856 gsi_insert_before (&s, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT);
5857 return label;
5858 }
5859
5860
5861 /* Attempt to perform edge redirection by replacing a possibly complex
5862 jump instruction by a goto or by removing the jump completely.
5863 This can apply only if all edges now point to the same block. The
5864 parameters and return values are equivalent to
5865 redirect_edge_and_branch. */
5866
5867 static edge
5868 gimple_try_redirect_by_replacing_jump (edge e, basic_block target)
5869 {
5870 basic_block src = e->src;
5871 gimple_stmt_iterator i;
5872 gimple *stmt;
5873
5874 /* We can replace or remove a complex jump only when we have exactly
5875 two edges. */
5876 if (EDGE_COUNT (src->succs) != 2
5877 /* Verify that all targets will be TARGET. Specifically, the
5878 edge that is not E must also go to TARGET. */
5879 || EDGE_SUCC (src, EDGE_SUCC (src, 0) == e)->dest != target)
5880 return NULL;
5881
5882 i = gsi_last_bb (src);
5883 if (gsi_end_p (i))
5884 return NULL;
5885
5886 stmt = gsi_stmt (i);
5887
5888 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND || gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
5889 {
5890 gsi_remove (&i, true);
5891 e = ssa_redirect_edge (e, target);
5892 e->flags = EDGE_FALLTHRU;
5893 return e;
5894 }
5895
5896 return NULL;
5897 }
5898
5899
5900 /* Redirect E to DEST. Return NULL on failure. Otherwise, return the
5901 edge representing the redirected branch. */
5902
5903 static edge
5904 gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch (edge e, basic_block dest)
5905 {
5906 basic_block bb = e->src;
5907 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
5908 edge ret;
5909 gimple *stmt;
5910
5911 if (e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)
5912 return NULL;
5913
5914 if (e->dest == dest)
5915 return NULL;
5916
5917 if (e->flags & EDGE_EH)
5918 return redirect_eh_edge (e, dest);
5919
5920 if (e->src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
5921 {
5922 ret = gimple_try_redirect_by_replacing_jump (e, dest);
5923 if (ret)
5924 return ret;
5925 }
5926
5927 gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb);
5928 stmt = gsi_end_p (gsi) ? NULL : gsi_stmt (gsi);
5929
5930 switch (stmt ? gimple_code (stmt) : GIMPLE_ERROR_MARK)
5931 {
5932 case GIMPLE_COND:
5933 /* For COND_EXPR, we only need to redirect the edge. */
5934 break;
5935
5936 case GIMPLE_GOTO:
5937 /* No non-abnormal edges should lead from a non-simple goto, and
5938 simple ones should be represented implicitly. */
5939 gcc_unreachable ();
5940
5941 case GIMPLE_SWITCH:
5942 {
5943 gswitch *switch_stmt = as_a <gswitch *> (stmt);
5944 tree label = gimple_block_label (dest);
5945 tree cases = get_cases_for_edge (e, switch_stmt);
5946
5947 /* If we have a list of cases associated with E, then use it
5948 as it's a lot faster than walking the entire case vector. */
5949 if (cases)
5950 {
5951 edge e2 = find_edge (e->src, dest);
5952 tree last, first;
5953
5954 first = cases;
5955 while (cases)
5956 {
5957 last = cases;
5958 CASE_LABEL (cases) = label;
5959 cases = CASE_CHAIN (cases);
5960 }
5961
5962 /* If there was already an edge in the CFG, then we need
5963 to move all the cases associated with E to E2. */
5964 if (e2)
5965 {
5966 tree cases2 = get_cases_for_edge (e2, switch_stmt);
5967
5968 CASE_CHAIN (last) = CASE_CHAIN (cases2);
5969 CASE_CHAIN (cases2) = first;
5970 }
5971 bitmap_set_bit (touched_switch_bbs, gimple_bb (stmt)->index);
5972 }
5973 else
5974 {
5975 size_t i, n = gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt);
5976
5977 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
5978 {
5979 tree elt = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i);
5980 if (label_to_block (cfun, CASE_LABEL (elt)) == e->dest)
5981 CASE_LABEL (elt) = label;
5982 }
5983 }
5984 }
5985 break;
5986
5987 case GIMPLE_ASM:
5988 {
5989 gasm *asm_stmt = as_a <gasm *> (stmt);
5990 int i, n = gimple_asm_nlabels (asm_stmt);
5991 tree label = NULL;
5992
5993 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
5994 {
5995 tree cons = gimple_asm_label_op (asm_stmt, i);
5996 if (label_to_block (cfun, TREE_VALUE (cons)) == e->dest)
5997 {
5998 if (!label)
5999 label = gimple_block_label (dest);
6000 TREE_VALUE (cons) = label;
6001 }
6002 }
6003
6004 /* If we didn't find any label matching the former edge in the
6005 asm labels, we must be redirecting the fallthrough
6006 edge. */
6007 gcc_assert (label || (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU));
6008 }
6009 break;
6010
6011 case GIMPLE_RETURN:
6012 gsi_remove (&gsi, true);
6013 e->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
6014 break;
6015
6016 case GIMPLE_OMP_RETURN:
6017 case GIMPLE_OMP_CONTINUE:
6018 case GIMPLE_OMP_SECTIONS_SWITCH:
6019 case GIMPLE_OMP_FOR:
6020 /* The edges from OMP constructs can be simply redirected. */
6021 break;
6022
6023 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH:
6024 if (!(e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU))
6025 redirect_eh_dispatch_edge (as_a <geh_dispatch *> (stmt), e, dest);
6026 break;
6027
6028 case GIMPLE_TRANSACTION:
6029 if (e->flags & EDGE_TM_ABORT)
6030 gimple_transaction_set_label_over (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt),
6031 gimple_block_label (dest));
6032 else if (e->flags & EDGE_TM_UNINSTRUMENTED)
6033 gimple_transaction_set_label_uninst (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt),
6034 gimple_block_label (dest));
6035 else
6036 gimple_transaction_set_label_norm (as_a <gtransaction *> (stmt),
6037 gimple_block_label (dest));
6038 break;
6039
6040 default:
6041 /* Otherwise it must be a fallthru edge, and we don't need to
6042 do anything besides redirecting it. */
6043 gcc_assert (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU);
6044 break;
6045 }
6046
6047 /* Update/insert PHI nodes as necessary. */
6048
6049 /* Now update the edges in the CFG. */
6050 e = ssa_redirect_edge (e, dest);
6051
6052 return e;
6053 }
6054
6055 /* Returns true if it is possible to remove edge E by redirecting
6056 it to the destination of the other edge from E->src. */
6057
6058 static bool
6059 gimple_can_remove_branch_p (const_edge e)
6060 {
6061 if (e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH))
6062 return false;
6063
6064 return true;
6065 }
6066
6067 /* Simple wrapper, as we can always redirect fallthru edges. */
6068
6069 static basic_block
6070 gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch_force (edge e, basic_block dest)
6071 {
6072 e = gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch (e, dest);
6073 gcc_assert (e);
6074
6075 return NULL;
6076 }
6077
6078
6079 /* Splits basic block BB after statement STMT (but at least after the
6080 labels). If STMT is NULL, BB is split just after the labels. */
6081
6082 static basic_block
6083 gimple_split_block (basic_block bb, void *stmt)
6084 {
6085 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
6086 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi_tgt;
6087 gimple_seq list;
6088 basic_block new_bb;
6089 edge e;
6090 edge_iterator ei;
6091
6092 new_bb = create_empty_bb (bb);
6093
6094 /* Redirect the outgoing edges. */
6095 new_bb->succs = bb->succs;
6096 bb->succs = NULL;
6097 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, new_bb->succs)
6098 e->src = new_bb;
6099
6100 /* Get a stmt iterator pointing to the first stmt to move. */
6101 if (!stmt || gimple_code ((gimple *) stmt) == GIMPLE_LABEL)
6102 gsi = gsi_after_labels (bb);
6103 else
6104 {
6105 gsi = gsi_for_stmt ((gimple *) stmt);
6106 gsi_next (&gsi);
6107 }
6108
6109 /* Move everything from GSI to the new basic block. */
6110 if (gsi_end_p (gsi))
6111 return new_bb;
6112
6113 /* Split the statement list - avoid re-creating new containers as this
6114 brings ugly quadratic memory consumption in the inliner.
6115 (We are still quadratic since we need to update stmt BB pointers,
6116 sadly.) */
6117 gsi_split_seq_before (&gsi, &list);
6118 set_bb_seq (new_bb, list);
6119 for (gsi_tgt = gsi_start (list);
6120 !gsi_end_p (gsi_tgt); gsi_next (&gsi_tgt))
6121 gimple_set_bb (gsi_stmt (gsi_tgt), new_bb);
6122
6123 return new_bb;
6124 }
6125
6126
6127 /* Moves basic block BB after block AFTER. */
6128
6129 static bool
6130 gimple_move_block_after (basic_block bb, basic_block after)
6131 {
6132 if (bb->prev_bb == after)
6133 return true;
6134
6135 unlink_block (bb);
6136 link_block (bb, after);
6137
6138 return true;
6139 }
6140
6141
6142 /* Return TRUE if block BB has no executable statements, otherwise return
6143 FALSE. */
6144
6145 static bool
6146 gimple_empty_block_p (basic_block bb)
6147 {
6148 /* BB must have no executable statements. */
6149 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_after_labels (bb);
6150 if (phi_nodes (bb))
6151 return false;
6152 while (!gsi_end_p (gsi))
6153 {
6154 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
6155 if (is_gimple_debug (stmt))
6156 ;
6157 else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_NOP
6158 || gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_PREDICT)
6159 ;
6160 else
6161 return false;
6162 gsi_next (&gsi);
6163 }
6164 return true;
6165 }
6166
6167
6168 /* Split a basic block if it ends with a conditional branch and if the
6169 other part of the block is not empty. */
6170
6171 static basic_block
6172 gimple_split_block_before_cond_jump (basic_block bb)
6173 {
6174 gimple *last, *split_point;
6175 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb);
6176 if (gsi_end_p (gsi))
6177 return NULL;
6178 last = gsi_stmt (gsi);
6179 if (gimple_code (last) != GIMPLE_COND
6180 && gimple_code (last) != GIMPLE_SWITCH)
6181 return NULL;
6182 gsi_prev (&gsi);
6183 split_point = gsi_stmt (gsi);
6184 return split_block (bb, split_point)->dest;
6185 }
6186
6187
6188 /* Return true if basic_block can be duplicated. */
6189
6190 static bool
6191 gimple_can_duplicate_bb_p (const_basic_block bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6192 {
6193 return true;
6194 }
6195
6196 /* Create a duplicate of the basic block BB. NOTE: This does not
6197 preserve SSA form. */
6198
6199 static basic_block
6200 gimple_duplicate_bb (basic_block bb, copy_bb_data *id)
6201 {
6202 basic_block new_bb;
6203 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi_tgt;
6204
6205 new_bb = create_empty_bb (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->prev_bb);
6206
6207 /* Copy the PHI nodes. We ignore PHI node arguments here because
6208 the incoming edges have not been setup yet. */
6209 for (gphi_iterator gpi = gsi_start_phis (bb);
6210 !gsi_end_p (gpi);
6211 gsi_next (&gpi))
6212 {
6213 gphi *phi, *copy;
6214 phi = gpi.phi ();
6215 copy = create_phi_node (NULL_TREE, new_bb);
6216 create_new_def_for (gimple_phi_result (phi), copy,
6217 gimple_phi_result_ptr (copy));
6218 gimple_set_uid (copy, gimple_uid (phi));
6219 }
6220
6221 gsi_tgt = gsi_start_bb (new_bb);
6222 for (gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb);
6223 !gsi_end_p (gsi);
6224 gsi_next (&gsi))
6225 {
6226 def_operand_p def_p;
6227 ssa_op_iter op_iter;
6228 tree lhs;
6229 gimple *stmt, *copy;
6230
6231 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
6232 if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_LABEL)
6233 continue;
6234
6235 /* Don't duplicate label debug stmts. */
6236 if (gimple_debug_bind_p (stmt)
6237 && TREE_CODE (gimple_debug_bind_get_var (stmt))
6238 == LABEL_DECL)
6239 continue;
6240
6241 /* Create a new copy of STMT and duplicate STMT's virtual
6242 operands. */
6243 copy = gimple_copy (stmt);
6244 gsi_insert_after (&gsi_tgt, copy, GSI_NEW_STMT);
6245
6246 maybe_duplicate_eh_stmt (copy, stmt);
6247 gimple_duplicate_stmt_histograms (cfun, copy, cfun, stmt);
6248
6249 /* When copying around a stmt writing into a local non-user
6250 aggregate, make sure it won't share stack slot with other
6251 vars. */
6252 lhs = gimple_get_lhs (stmt);
6253 if (lhs && TREE_CODE (lhs) != SSA_NAME)
6254 {
6255 tree base = get_base_address (lhs);
6256 if (base
6257 && (VAR_P (base) || TREE_CODE (base) == RESULT_DECL)
6258 && DECL_IGNORED_P (base)
6259 && !TREE_STATIC (base)
6260 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (base)
6261 && (!VAR_P (base) || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (base)))
6262 DECL_NONSHAREABLE (base) = 1;
6263 }
6264
6265 /* If requested remap dependence info of cliques brought in
6266 via inlining. */
6267 if (id)
6268 for (unsigned i = 0; i < gimple_num_ops (copy); ++i)
6269 {
6270 tree op = gimple_op (copy, i);
6271 if (!op)
6272 continue;
6273 if (TREE_CODE (op) == ADDR_EXPR
6274 || TREE_CODE (op) == WITH_SIZE_EXPR)
6275 op = TREE_OPERAND (op, 0);
6276 while (handled_component_p (op))
6277 op = TREE_OPERAND (op, 0);
6278 if ((TREE_CODE (op) == MEM_REF
6279 || TREE_CODE (op) == TARGET_MEM_REF)
6280 && MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op) > 1
6281 && MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op) != bb->loop_father->owned_clique)
6282 {
6283 if (!id->dependence_map)
6284 id->dependence_map = new hash_map<dependence_hash,
6285 unsigned short>;
6286 bool existed;
6287 unsigned short &newc = id->dependence_map->get_or_insert
6288 (MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op), &existed);
6289 if (!existed)
6290 {
6291 gcc_assert (MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op) <= cfun->last_clique);
6292 newc = ++cfun->last_clique;
6293 }
6294 MR_DEPENDENCE_CLIQUE (op) = newc;
6295 }
6296 }
6297
6298 /* Create new names for all the definitions created by COPY and
6299 add replacement mappings for each new name. */
6300 FOR_EACH_SSA_DEF_OPERAND (def_p, copy, op_iter, SSA_OP_ALL_DEFS)
6301 create_new_def_for (DEF_FROM_PTR (def_p), copy, def_p);
6302 }
6303
6304 return new_bb;
6305 }
6306
6307 /* Adds phi node arguments for edge E_COPY after basic block duplication. */
6308
6309 static void
6310 add_phi_args_after_copy_edge (edge e_copy)
6311 {
6312 basic_block bb, bb_copy = e_copy->src, dest;
6313 edge e;
6314 edge_iterator ei;
6315 gphi *phi, *phi_copy;
6316 tree def;
6317 gphi_iterator psi, psi_copy;
6318
6319 if (gimple_seq_empty_p (phi_nodes (e_copy->dest)))
6320 return;
6321
6322 bb = bb_copy->flags & BB_DUPLICATED ? get_bb_original (bb_copy) : bb_copy;
6323
6324 if (e_copy->dest->flags & BB_DUPLICATED)
6325 dest = get_bb_original (e_copy->dest);
6326 else
6327 dest = e_copy->dest;
6328
6329 e = find_edge (bb, dest);
6330 if (!e)
6331 {
6332 /* During loop unrolling the target of the latch edge is copied.
6333 In this case we are not looking for edge to dest, but to
6334 duplicated block whose original was dest. */
6335 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
6336 {
6337 if ((e->dest->flags & BB_DUPLICATED)
6338 && get_bb_original (e->dest) == dest)
6339 break;
6340 }
6341
6342 gcc_assert (e != NULL);
6343 }
6344
6345 for (psi = gsi_start_phis (e->dest),
6346 psi_copy = gsi_start_phis (e_copy->dest);
6347 !gsi_end_p (psi);
6348 gsi_next (&psi), gsi_next (&psi_copy))
6349 {
6350 phi = psi.phi ();
6351 phi_copy = psi_copy.phi ();
6352 def = PHI_ARG_DEF_FROM_EDGE (phi, e);
6353 add_phi_arg (phi_copy, def, e_copy,
6354 gimple_phi_arg_location_from_edge (phi, e));
6355 }
6356 }
6357
6358
6359 /* Basic block BB_COPY was created by code duplication. Add phi node
6360 arguments for edges going out of BB_COPY. The blocks that were
6361 duplicated have BB_DUPLICATED set. */
6362
6363 void
6364 add_phi_args_after_copy_bb (basic_block bb_copy)
6365 {
6366 edge e_copy;
6367 edge_iterator ei;
6368
6369 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e_copy, ei, bb_copy->succs)
6370 {
6371 add_phi_args_after_copy_edge (e_copy);
6372 }
6373 }
6374
6375 /* Blocks in REGION_COPY array of length N_REGION were created by
6376 duplication of basic blocks. Add phi node arguments for edges
6377 going from these blocks. If E_COPY is not NULL, also add
6378 phi node arguments for its destination.*/
6379
6380 void
6381 add_phi_args_after_copy (basic_block *region_copy, unsigned n_region,
6382 edge e_copy)
6383 {
6384 unsigned i;
6385
6386 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++)
6387 region_copy[i]->flags |= BB_DUPLICATED;
6388
6389 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++)
6390 add_phi_args_after_copy_bb (region_copy[i]);
6391 if (e_copy)
6392 add_phi_args_after_copy_edge (e_copy);
6393
6394 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++)
6395 region_copy[i]->flags &= ~BB_DUPLICATED;
6396 }
6397
6398 /* Duplicates a REGION (set of N_REGION basic blocks) with just a single
6399 important exit edge EXIT. By important we mean that no SSA name defined
6400 inside region is live over the other exit edges of the region. All entry
6401 edges to the region must go to ENTRY->dest. The edge ENTRY is redirected
6402 to the duplicate of the region. Dominance and loop information is
6403 updated if UPDATE_DOMINANCE is true, but not the SSA web. If
6404 UPDATE_DOMINANCE is false then we assume that the caller will update the
6405 dominance information after calling this function. The new basic
6406 blocks are stored to REGION_COPY in the same order as they had in REGION,
6407 provided that REGION_COPY is not NULL.
6408 The function returns false if it is unable to copy the region,
6409 true otherwise. */
6410
6411 bool
6412 gimple_duplicate_sese_region (edge entry, edge exit,
6413 basic_block *region, unsigned n_region,
6414 basic_block *region_copy,
6415 bool update_dominance)
6416 {
6417 unsigned i;
6418 bool free_region_copy = false, copying_header = false;
6419 class loop *loop = entry->dest->loop_father;
6420 edge exit_copy;
6421 vec<basic_block> doms = vNULL;
6422 edge redirected;
6423 profile_count total_count = profile_count::uninitialized ();
6424 profile_count entry_count = profile_count::uninitialized ();
6425
6426 if (!can_copy_bbs_p (region, n_region))
6427 return false;
6428
6429 /* Some sanity checking. Note that we do not check for all possible
6430 missuses of the functions. I.e. if you ask to copy something weird,
6431 it will work, but the state of structures probably will not be
6432 correct. */
6433 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++)
6434 {
6435 /* We do not handle subloops, i.e. all the blocks must belong to the
6436 same loop. */
6437 if (region[i]->loop_father != loop)
6438 return false;
6439
6440 if (region[i] != entry->dest
6441 && region[i] == loop->header)
6442 return false;
6443 }
6444
6445 /* In case the function is used for loop header copying (which is the primary
6446 use), ensure that EXIT and its copy will be new latch and entry edges. */
6447 if (loop->header == entry->dest)
6448 {
6449 copying_header = true;
6450
6451 if (!dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, loop->latch, exit->src))
6452 return false;
6453
6454 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++)
6455 if (region[i] != exit->src
6456 && dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, region[i], exit->src))
6457 return false;
6458 }
6459
6460 initialize_original_copy_tables ();
6461
6462 if (copying_header)
6463 set_loop_copy (loop, loop_outer (loop));
6464 else
6465 set_loop_copy (loop, loop);
6466
6467 if (!region_copy)
6468 {
6469 region_copy = XNEWVEC (basic_block, n_region);
6470 free_region_copy = true;
6471 }
6472
6473 /* Record blocks outside the region that are dominated by something
6474 inside. */
6475 if (update_dominance)
6476 {
6477 doms.create (0);
6478 doms = get_dominated_by_region (CDI_DOMINATORS, region, n_region);
6479 }
6480
6481 if (entry->dest->count.initialized_p ())
6482 {
6483 total_count = entry->dest->count;
6484 entry_count = entry->count ();
6485 /* Fix up corner cases, to avoid division by zero or creation of negative
6486 frequencies. */
6487 if (entry_count > total_count)
6488 entry_count = total_count;
6489 }
6490
6491 copy_bbs (region, n_region, region_copy, &exit, 1, &exit_copy, loop,
6492 split_edge_bb_loc (entry), update_dominance);
6493 if (total_count.initialized_p () && entry_count.initialized_p ())
6494 {
6495 scale_bbs_frequencies_profile_count (region, n_region,
6496 total_count - entry_count,
6497 total_count);
6498 scale_bbs_frequencies_profile_count (region_copy, n_region, entry_count,
6499 total_count);
6500 }
6501
6502 if (copying_header)
6503 {
6504 loop->header = exit->dest;
6505 loop->latch = exit->src;
6506 }
6507
6508 /* Redirect the entry and add the phi node arguments. */
6509 redirected = redirect_edge_and_branch (entry, get_bb_copy (entry->dest));
6510 gcc_assert (redirected != NULL);
6511 flush_pending_stmts (entry);
6512
6513 /* Concerning updating of dominators: We must recount dominators
6514 for entry block and its copy. Anything that is outside of the
6515 region, but was dominated by something inside needs recounting as
6516 well. */
6517 if (update_dominance)
6518 {
6519 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, entry->dest, entry->src);
6520 doms.safe_push (get_bb_original (entry->dest));
6521 iterate_fix_dominators (CDI_DOMINATORS, doms, false);
6522 doms.release ();
6523 }
6524
6525 /* Add the other PHI node arguments. */
6526 add_phi_args_after_copy (region_copy, n_region, NULL);
6527
6528 if (free_region_copy)
6529 free (region_copy);
6530
6531 free_original_copy_tables ();
6532 return true;
6533 }
6534
6535 /* Checks if BB is part of the region defined by N_REGION BBS. */
6536 static bool
6537 bb_part_of_region_p (basic_block bb, basic_block* bbs, unsigned n_region)
6538 {
6539 unsigned int n;
6540
6541 for (n = 0; n < n_region; n++)
6542 {
6543 if (bb == bbs[n])
6544 return true;
6545 }
6546 return false;
6547 }
6548
6549 /* Duplicates REGION consisting of N_REGION blocks. The new blocks
6550 are stored to REGION_COPY in the same order in that they appear
6551 in REGION, if REGION_COPY is not NULL. ENTRY is the entry to
6552 the region, EXIT an exit from it. The condition guarding EXIT
6553 is moved to ENTRY. Returns true if duplication succeeds, false
6554 otherwise.
6555
6556 For example,
6557
6558 some_code;
6559 if (cond)
6560 A;
6561 else
6562 B;
6563
6564 is transformed to
6565
6566 if (cond)
6567 {
6568 some_code;
6569 A;
6570 }
6571 else
6572 {
6573 some_code;
6574 B;
6575 }
6576 */
6577
6578 bool
6579 gimple_duplicate_sese_tail (edge entry, edge exit,
6580 basic_block *region, unsigned n_region,
6581 basic_block *region_copy)
6582 {
6583 unsigned i;
6584 bool free_region_copy = false;
6585 class loop *loop = exit->dest->loop_father;
6586 class loop *orig_loop = entry->dest->loop_father;
6587 basic_block switch_bb, entry_bb, nentry_bb;
6588 vec<basic_block> doms;
6589 profile_count total_count = profile_count::uninitialized (),
6590 exit_count = profile_count::uninitialized ();
6591 edge exits[2], nexits[2], e;
6592 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
6593 gimple *cond_stmt;
6594 edge sorig, snew;
6595 basic_block exit_bb;
6596 gphi_iterator psi;
6597 gphi *phi;
6598 tree def;
6599 class loop *target, *aloop, *cloop;
6600
6601 gcc_assert (EDGE_COUNT (exit->src->succs) == 2);
6602 exits[0] = exit;
6603 exits[1] = EDGE_SUCC (exit->src, EDGE_SUCC (exit->src, 0) == exit);
6604
6605 if (!can_copy_bbs_p (region, n_region))
6606 return false;
6607
6608 initialize_original_copy_tables ();
6609 set_loop_copy (orig_loop, loop);
6610
6611 target= loop;
6612 for (aloop = orig_loop->inner; aloop; aloop = aloop->next)
6613 {
6614 if (bb_part_of_region_p (aloop->header, region, n_region))
6615 {
6616 cloop = duplicate_loop (aloop, target);
6617 duplicate_subloops (aloop, cloop);
6618 }
6619 }
6620
6621 if (!region_copy)
6622 {
6623 region_copy = XNEWVEC (basic_block, n_region);
6624 free_region_copy = true;
6625 }
6626
6627 gcc_assert (!need_ssa_update_p (cfun));
6628
6629 /* Record blocks outside the region that are dominated by something
6630 inside. */
6631 doms = get_dominated_by_region (CDI_DOMINATORS, region, n_region);
6632
6633 total_count = exit->src->count;
6634 exit_count = exit->count ();
6635 /* Fix up corner cases, to avoid division by zero or creation of negative
6636 frequencies. */
6637 if (exit_count > total_count)
6638 exit_count = total_count;
6639
6640 copy_bbs (region, n_region, region_copy, exits, 2, nexits, orig_loop,
6641 split_edge_bb_loc (exit), true);
6642 if (total_count.initialized_p () && exit_count.initialized_p ())
6643 {
6644 scale_bbs_frequencies_profile_count (region, n_region,
6645 total_count - exit_count,
6646 total_count);
6647 scale_bbs_frequencies_profile_count (region_copy, n_region, exit_count,
6648 total_count);
6649 }
6650
6651 /* Create the switch block, and put the exit condition to it. */
6652 entry_bb = entry->dest;
6653 nentry_bb = get_bb_copy (entry_bb);
6654 if (!last_stmt (entry->src)
6655 || !stmt_ends_bb_p (last_stmt (entry->src)))
6656 switch_bb = entry->src;
6657 else
6658 switch_bb = split_edge (entry);
6659 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, nentry_bb, switch_bb);
6660
6661 gsi = gsi_last_bb (switch_bb);
6662 cond_stmt = last_stmt (exit->src);
6663 gcc_assert (gimple_code (cond_stmt) == GIMPLE_COND);
6664 cond_stmt = gimple_copy (cond_stmt);
6665
6666 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, cond_stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT);
6667
6668 sorig = single_succ_edge (switch_bb);
6669 sorig->flags = exits[1]->flags;
6670 sorig->probability = exits[1]->probability;
6671 snew = make_edge (switch_bb, nentry_bb, exits[0]->flags);
6672 snew->probability = exits[0]->probability;
6673
6674
6675 /* Register the new edge from SWITCH_BB in loop exit lists. */
6676 rescan_loop_exit (snew, true, false);
6677
6678 /* Add the PHI node arguments. */
6679 add_phi_args_after_copy (region_copy, n_region, snew);
6680
6681 /* Get rid of now superfluous conditions and associated edges (and phi node
6682 arguments). */
6683 exit_bb = exit->dest;
6684
6685 e = redirect_edge_and_branch (exits[0], exits[1]->dest);
6686 PENDING_STMT (e) = NULL;
6687
6688 /* The latch of ORIG_LOOP was copied, and so was the backedge
6689 to the original header. We redirect this backedge to EXIT_BB. */
6690 for (i = 0; i < n_region; i++)
6691 if (get_bb_original (region_copy[i]) == orig_loop->latch)
6692 {
6693 gcc_assert (single_succ_edge (region_copy[i]));
6694 e = redirect_edge_and_branch (single_succ_edge (region_copy[i]), exit_bb);
6695 PENDING_STMT (e) = NULL;
6696 for (psi = gsi_start_phis (exit_bb);
6697 !gsi_end_p (psi);
6698 gsi_next (&psi))
6699 {
6700 phi = psi.phi ();
6701 def = PHI_ARG_DEF (phi, nexits[0]->dest_idx);
6702 add_phi_arg (phi, def, e, gimple_phi_arg_location_from_edge (phi, e));
6703 }
6704 }
6705 e = redirect_edge_and_branch (nexits[1], nexits[0]->dest);
6706 PENDING_STMT (e) = NULL;
6707
6708 /* Anything that is outside of the region, but was dominated by something
6709 inside needs to update dominance info. */
6710 iterate_fix_dominators (CDI_DOMINATORS, doms, false);
6711 doms.release ();
6712 /* Update the SSA web. */
6713 update_ssa (TODO_update_ssa);
6714
6715 if (free_region_copy)
6716 free (region_copy);
6717
6718 free_original_copy_tables ();
6719 return true;
6720 }
6721
6722 /* Add all the blocks dominated by ENTRY to the array BBS_P. Stop
6723 adding blocks when the dominator traversal reaches EXIT. This
6724 function silently assumes that ENTRY strictly dominates EXIT. */
6725
6726 void
6727 gather_blocks_in_sese_region (basic_block entry, basic_block exit,
6728 vec<basic_block> *bbs_p)
6729 {
6730 basic_block son;
6731
6732 for (son = first_dom_son (CDI_DOMINATORS, entry);
6733 son;
6734 son = next_dom_son (CDI_DOMINATORS, son))
6735 {
6736 bbs_p->safe_push (son);
6737 if (son != exit)
6738 gather_blocks_in_sese_region (son, exit, bbs_p);
6739 }
6740 }
6741
6742 /* Replaces *TP with a duplicate (belonging to function TO_CONTEXT).
6743 The duplicates are recorded in VARS_MAP. */
6744
6745 static void
6746 replace_by_duplicate_decl (tree *tp, hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map,
6747 tree to_context)
6748 {
6749 tree t = *tp, new_t;
6750 struct function *f = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (to_context);
6751
6752 if (DECL_CONTEXT (t) == to_context)
6753 return;
6754
6755 bool existed;
6756 tree &loc = vars_map->get_or_insert (t, &existed);
6757
6758 if (!existed)
6759 {
6760 if (SSA_VAR_P (t))
6761 {
6762 new_t = copy_var_decl (t, DECL_NAME (t), TREE_TYPE (t));
6763 add_local_decl (f, new_t);
6764 }
6765 else
6766 {
6767 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (t) == CONST_DECL);
6768 new_t = copy_node (t);
6769 }
6770 DECL_CONTEXT (new_t) = to_context;
6771
6772 loc = new_t;
6773 }
6774 else
6775 new_t = loc;
6776
6777 *tp = new_t;
6778 }
6779
6780
6781 /* Creates an ssa name in TO_CONTEXT equivalent to NAME.
6782 VARS_MAP maps old ssa names and var_decls to the new ones. */
6783
6784 static tree
6785 replace_ssa_name (tree name, hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map,
6786 tree to_context)
6787 {
6788 tree new_name;
6789
6790 gcc_assert (!virtual_operand_p (name));
6791
6792 tree *loc = vars_map->get (name);
6793
6794 if (!loc)
6795 {
6796 tree decl = SSA_NAME_VAR (name);
6797 if (decl)
6798 {
6799 gcc_assert (!SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (name));
6800 replace_by_duplicate_decl (&decl, vars_map, to_context);
6801 new_name = make_ssa_name_fn (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (to_context),
6802 decl, SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name));
6803 }
6804 else
6805 new_name = copy_ssa_name_fn (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (to_context),
6806 name, SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name));
6807
6808 /* Now that we've used the def stmt to define new_name, make sure it
6809 doesn't define name anymore. */
6810 SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name) = NULL;
6811
6812 vars_map->put (name, new_name);
6813 }
6814 else
6815 new_name = *loc;
6816
6817 return new_name;
6818 }
6819
6820 struct move_stmt_d
6821 {
6822 tree orig_block;
6823 tree new_block;
6824 tree from_context;
6825 tree to_context;
6826 hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map;
6827 htab_t new_label_map;
6828 hash_map<void *, void *> *eh_map;
6829 bool remap_decls_p;
6830 };
6831
6832 /* Helper for move_block_to_fn. Set TREE_BLOCK in every expression
6833 contained in *TP if it has been ORIG_BLOCK previously and change the
6834 DECL_CONTEXT of every local variable referenced in *TP. */
6835
6836 static tree
6837 move_stmt_op (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data)
6838 {
6839 struct walk_stmt_info *wi = (struct walk_stmt_info *) data;
6840 struct move_stmt_d *p = (struct move_stmt_d *) wi->info;
6841 tree t = *tp;
6842
6843 if (EXPR_P (t))
6844 {
6845 tree block = TREE_BLOCK (t);
6846 if (block == NULL_TREE)
6847 ;
6848 else if (block == p->orig_block
6849 || p->orig_block == NULL_TREE)
6850 {
6851 /* tree_node_can_be_shared says we can share invariant
6852 addresses but unshare_expr copies them anyways. Make sure
6853 to unshare before adjusting the block in place - we do not
6854 always see a copy here. */
6855 if (TREE_CODE (t) == ADDR_EXPR
6856 && is_gimple_min_invariant (t))
6857 *tp = t = unshare_expr (t);
6858 TREE_SET_BLOCK (t, p->new_block);
6859 }
6860 else if (flag_checking)
6861 {
6862 while (block && TREE_CODE (block) == BLOCK && block != p->orig_block)
6863 block = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block);
6864 gcc_assert (block == p->orig_block);
6865 }
6866 }
6867 else if (DECL_P (t) || TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME)
6868 {
6869 if (TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME)
6870 *tp = replace_ssa_name (t, p->vars_map, p->to_context);
6871 else if (TREE_CODE (t) == PARM_DECL
6872 && gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun))
6873 *tp = *(p->vars_map->get (t));
6874 else if (TREE_CODE (t) == LABEL_DECL)
6875 {
6876 if (p->new_label_map)
6877 {
6878 struct tree_map in, *out;
6879 in.base.from = t;
6880 out = (struct tree_map *)
6881 htab_find_with_hash (p->new_label_map, &in, DECL_UID (t));
6882 if (out)
6883 *tp = t = out->to;
6884 }
6885
6886 /* For FORCED_LABELs we can end up with references from other
6887 functions if some SESE regions are outlined. It is UB to
6888 jump in between them, but they could be used just for printing
6889 addresses etc. In that case, DECL_CONTEXT on the label should
6890 be the function containing the glabel stmt with that LABEL_DECL,
6891 rather than whatever function a reference to the label was seen
6892 last time. */
6893 if (!FORCED_LABEL (t) && !DECL_NONLOCAL (t))
6894 DECL_CONTEXT (t) = p->to_context;
6895 }
6896 else if (p->remap_decls_p)
6897 {
6898 /* Replace T with its duplicate. T should no longer appear in the
6899 parent function, so this looks wasteful; however, it may appear
6900 in referenced_vars, and more importantly, as virtual operands of
6901 statements, and in alias lists of other variables. It would be
6902 quite difficult to expunge it from all those places. ??? It might
6903 suffice to do this for addressable variables. */
6904 if ((VAR_P (t) && !is_global_var (t))
6905 || TREE_CODE (t) == CONST_DECL)
6906 replace_by_duplicate_decl (tp, p->vars_map, p->to_context);
6907 }
6908 *walk_subtrees = 0;
6909 }
6910 else if (TYPE_P (t))
6911 *walk_subtrees = 0;
6912
6913 return NULL_TREE;
6914 }
6915
6916 /* Helper for move_stmt_r. Given an EH region number for the source
6917 function, map that to the duplicate EH regio number in the dest. */
6918
6919 static int
6920 move_stmt_eh_region_nr (int old_nr, struct move_stmt_d *p)
6921 {
6922 eh_region old_r, new_r;
6923
6924 old_r = get_eh_region_from_number (old_nr);
6925 new_r = static_cast<eh_region> (*p->eh_map->get (old_r));
6926
6927 return new_r->index;
6928 }
6929
6930 /* Similar, but operate on INTEGER_CSTs. */
6931
6932 static tree
6933 move_stmt_eh_region_tree_nr (tree old_t_nr, struct move_stmt_d *p)
6934 {
6935 int old_nr, new_nr;
6936
6937 old_nr = tree_to_shwi (old_t_nr);
6938 new_nr = move_stmt_eh_region_nr (old_nr, p);
6939
6940 return build_int_cst (integer_type_node, new_nr);
6941 }
6942
6943 /* Like move_stmt_op, but for gimple statements.
6944
6945 Helper for move_block_to_fn. Set GIMPLE_BLOCK in every expression
6946 contained in the current statement in *GSI_P and change the
6947 DECL_CONTEXT of every local variable referenced in the current
6948 statement. */
6949
6950 static tree
6951 move_stmt_r (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi_p, bool *handled_ops_p,
6952 struct walk_stmt_info *wi)
6953 {
6954 struct move_stmt_d *p = (struct move_stmt_d *) wi->info;
6955 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (*gsi_p);
6956 tree block = gimple_block (stmt);
6957
6958 if (block == p->orig_block
6959 || (p->orig_block == NULL_TREE
6960 && block != NULL_TREE))
6961 gimple_set_block (stmt, p->new_block);
6962
6963 switch (gimple_code (stmt))
6964 {
6965 case GIMPLE_CALL:
6966 /* Remap the region numbers for __builtin_eh_{pointer,filter}. */
6967 {
6968 tree r, fndecl = gimple_call_fndecl (stmt);
6969 if (fndecl && fndecl_built_in_p (fndecl, BUILT_IN_NORMAL))
6970 switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl))
6971 {
6972 case BUILT_IN_EH_COPY_VALUES:
6973 r = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 1);
6974 r = move_stmt_eh_region_tree_nr (r, p);
6975 gimple_call_set_arg (stmt, 1, r);
6976 /* FALLTHRU */
6977
6978 case BUILT_IN_EH_POINTER:
6979 case BUILT_IN_EH_FILTER:
6980 r = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0);
6981 r = move_stmt_eh_region_tree_nr (r, p);
6982 gimple_call_set_arg (stmt, 0, r);
6983 break;
6984
6985 default:
6986 break;
6987 }
6988 }
6989 break;
6990
6991 case GIMPLE_RESX:
6992 {
6993 gresx *resx_stmt = as_a <gresx *> (stmt);
6994 int r = gimple_resx_region (resx_stmt);
6995 r = move_stmt_eh_region_nr (r, p);
6996 gimple_resx_set_region (resx_stmt, r);
6997 }
6998 break;
6999
7000 case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH:
7001 {
7002 geh_dispatch *eh_dispatch_stmt = as_a <geh_dispatch *> (stmt);
7003 int r = gimple_eh_dispatch_region (eh_dispatch_stmt);
7004 r = move_stmt_eh_region_nr (r, p);
7005 gimple_eh_dispatch_set_region (eh_dispatch_stmt, r);
7006 }
7007 break;
7008
7009 case GIMPLE_OMP_RETURN:
7010 case GIMPLE_OMP_CONTINUE:
7011 break;
7012
7013 case GIMPLE_LABEL:
7014 {
7015 /* For FORCED_LABEL, move_stmt_op doesn't adjust DECL_CONTEXT,
7016 so that such labels can be referenced from other regions.
7017 Make sure to update it when seeing a GIMPLE_LABEL though,
7018 that is the owner of the label. */
7019 walk_gimple_op (stmt, move_stmt_op, wi);
7020 *handled_ops_p = true;
7021 tree label = gimple_label_label (as_a <glabel *> (stmt));
7022 if (FORCED_LABEL (label) || DECL_NONLOCAL (label))
7023 DECL_CONTEXT (label) = p->to_context;
7024 }
7025 break;
7026
7027 default:
7028 if (is_gimple_omp (stmt))
7029 {
7030 /* Do not remap variables inside OMP directives. Variables
7031 referenced in clauses and directive header belong to the
7032 parent function and should not be moved into the child
7033 function. */
7034 bool save_remap_decls_p = p->remap_decls_p;
7035 p->remap_decls_p = false;
7036 *handled_ops_p = true;
7037
7038 walk_gimple_seq_mod (gimple_omp_body_ptr (stmt), move_stmt_r,
7039 move_stmt_op, wi);
7040
7041 p->remap_decls_p = save_remap_decls_p;
7042 }
7043 break;
7044 }
7045
7046 return NULL_TREE;
7047 }
7048
7049 /* Move basic block BB from function CFUN to function DEST_FN. The
7050 block is moved out of the original linked list and placed after
7051 block AFTER in the new list. Also, the block is removed from the
7052 original array of blocks and placed in DEST_FN's array of blocks.
7053 If UPDATE_EDGE_COUNT_P is true, the edge counts on both CFGs is
7054 updated to reflect the moved edges.
7055
7056 The local variables are remapped to new instances, VARS_MAP is used
7057 to record the mapping. */
7058
7059 static void
7060 move_block_to_fn (struct function *dest_cfun, basic_block bb,
7061 basic_block after, bool update_edge_count_p,
7062 struct move_stmt_d *d)
7063 {
7064 struct control_flow_graph *cfg;
7065 edge_iterator ei;
7066 edge e;
7067 gimple_stmt_iterator si;
7068 unsigned old_len, new_len;
7069
7070 /* Remove BB from dominance structures. */
7071 delete_from_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb);
7072
7073 /* Move BB from its current loop to the copy in the new function. */
7074 if (current_loops)
7075 {
7076 class loop *new_loop = (class loop *)bb->loop_father->aux;
7077 if (new_loop)
7078 bb->loop_father = new_loop;
7079 }
7080
7081 /* Link BB to the new linked list. */
7082 move_block_after (bb, after);
7083
7084 /* Update the edge count in the corresponding flowgraphs. */
7085 if (update_edge_count_p)
7086 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
7087 {
7088 cfun->cfg->x_n_edges--;
7089 dest_cfun->cfg->x_n_edges++;
7090 }
7091
7092 /* Remove BB from the original basic block array. */
7093 (*cfun->cfg->x_basic_block_info)[bb->index] = NULL;
7094 cfun->cfg->x_n_basic_blocks--;
7095
7096 /* Grow DEST_CFUN's basic block array if needed. */
7097 cfg = dest_cfun->cfg;
7098 cfg->x_n_basic_blocks++;
7099 if (bb->index >= cfg->x_last_basic_block)
7100 cfg->x_last_basic_block = bb->index + 1;
7101
7102 old_len = vec_safe_length (cfg->x_basic_block_info);
7103 if ((unsigned) cfg->x_last_basic_block >= old_len)
7104 {
7105 new_len = cfg->x_last_basic_block + (cfg->x_last_basic_block + 3) / 4;
7106 vec_safe_grow_cleared (cfg->x_basic_block_info, new_len);
7107 }
7108
7109 (*cfg->x_basic_block_info)[bb->index] = bb;
7110
7111 /* Remap the variables in phi nodes. */
7112 for (gphi_iterator psi = gsi_start_phis (bb);
7113 !gsi_end_p (psi); )
7114 {
7115 gphi *phi = psi.phi ();
7116 use_operand_p use;
7117 tree op = PHI_RESULT (phi);
7118 ssa_op_iter oi;
7119 unsigned i;
7120
7121 if (virtual_operand_p (op))
7122 {
7123 /* Remove the phi nodes for virtual operands (alias analysis will be
7124 run for the new function, anyway). But replace all uses that
7125 might be outside of the region we move. */
7126 use_operand_p use_p;
7127 imm_use_iterator iter;
7128 gimple *use_stmt;
7129 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (use_stmt, iter, op)
7130 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use_p, iter)
7131 SET_USE (use_p, SSA_NAME_VAR (op));
7132 remove_phi_node (&psi, true);
7133 continue;
7134 }
7135
7136 SET_PHI_RESULT (phi,
7137 replace_ssa_name (op, d->vars_map, dest_cfun->decl));
7138 FOR_EACH_PHI_ARG (use, phi, oi, SSA_OP_USE)
7139 {
7140 op = USE_FROM_PTR (use);
7141 if (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME)
7142 SET_USE (use, replace_ssa_name (op, d->vars_map, dest_cfun->decl));
7143 }
7144
7145 for (i = 0; i < EDGE_COUNT (bb->preds); i++)
7146 {
7147 location_t locus = gimple_phi_arg_location (phi, i);
7148 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (locus);
7149
7150 if (locus == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
7151 continue;
7152 if (d->orig_block == NULL_TREE || block == d->orig_block)
7153 {
7154 locus = set_block (locus, d->new_block);
7155 gimple_phi_arg_set_location (phi, i, locus);
7156 }
7157 }
7158
7159 gsi_next (&psi);
7160 }
7161
7162 for (si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si); gsi_next (&si))
7163 {
7164 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (si);
7165 struct walk_stmt_info wi;
7166
7167 memset (&wi, 0, sizeof (wi));
7168 wi.info = d;
7169 walk_gimple_stmt (&si, move_stmt_r, move_stmt_op, &wi);
7170
7171 if (glabel *label_stmt = dyn_cast <glabel *> (stmt))
7172 {
7173 tree label = gimple_label_label (label_stmt);
7174 int uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (label);
7175
7176 gcc_assert (uid > -1);
7177
7178 old_len = vec_safe_length (cfg->x_label_to_block_map);
7179 if (old_len <= (unsigned) uid)
7180 {
7181 new_len = 3 * uid / 2 + 1;
7182 vec_safe_grow_cleared (cfg->x_label_to_block_map, new_len);
7183 }
7184
7185 (*cfg->x_label_to_block_map)[uid] = bb;
7186 (*cfun->cfg->x_label_to_block_map)[uid] = NULL;
7187
7188 gcc_assert (DECL_CONTEXT (label) == dest_cfun->decl);
7189
7190 if (uid >= dest_cfun->cfg->last_label_uid)
7191 dest_cfun->cfg->last_label_uid = uid + 1;
7192 }
7193
7194 maybe_duplicate_eh_stmt_fn (dest_cfun, stmt, cfun, stmt, d->eh_map, 0);
7195 remove_stmt_from_eh_lp_fn (cfun, stmt);
7196
7197 gimple_duplicate_stmt_histograms (dest_cfun, stmt, cfun, stmt);
7198 gimple_remove_stmt_histograms (cfun, stmt);
7199
7200 /* We cannot leave any operands allocated from the operand caches of
7201 the current function. */
7202 free_stmt_operands (cfun, stmt);
7203 push_cfun (dest_cfun);
7204 update_stmt (stmt);
7205 pop_cfun ();
7206 }
7207
7208 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
7209 if (e->goto_locus != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
7210 {
7211 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (e->goto_locus);
7212 if (d->orig_block == NULL_TREE
7213 || block == d->orig_block)
7214 e->goto_locus = set_block (e->goto_locus, d->new_block);
7215 }
7216 }
7217
7218 /* Examine the statements in BB (which is in SRC_CFUN); find and return
7219 the outermost EH region. Use REGION as the incoming base EH region.
7220 If there is no single outermost region, return NULL and set *ALL to
7221 true. */
7222
7223 static eh_region
7224 find_outermost_region_in_block (struct function *src_cfun,
7225 basic_block bb, eh_region region,
7226 bool *all)
7227 {
7228 gimple_stmt_iterator si;
7229
7230 for (si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si); gsi_next (&si))
7231 {
7232 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (si);
7233 eh_region stmt_region;
7234 int lp_nr;
7235
7236 lp_nr = lookup_stmt_eh_lp_fn (src_cfun, stmt);
7237 stmt_region = get_eh_region_from_lp_number_fn (src_cfun, lp_nr);
7238 if (stmt_region)
7239 {
7240 if (region == NULL)
7241 region = stmt_region;
7242 else if (stmt_region != region)
7243 {
7244 region = eh_region_outermost (src_cfun, stmt_region, region);
7245 if (region == NULL)
7246 {
7247 *all = true;
7248 return NULL;
7249 }
7250 }
7251 }
7252 }
7253
7254 return region;
7255 }
7256
7257 static tree
7258 new_label_mapper (tree decl, void *data)
7259 {
7260 htab_t hash = (htab_t) data;
7261 struct tree_map *m;
7262 void **slot;
7263
7264 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == LABEL_DECL);
7265
7266 m = XNEW (struct tree_map);
7267 m->hash = DECL_UID (decl);
7268 m->base.from = decl;
7269 m->to = create_artificial_label (UNKNOWN_LOCATION);
7270 LABEL_DECL_UID (m->to) = LABEL_DECL_UID (decl);
7271 if (LABEL_DECL_UID (m->to) >= cfun->cfg->last_label_uid)
7272 cfun->cfg->last_label_uid = LABEL_DECL_UID (m->to) + 1;
7273
7274 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (hash, m, m->hash, INSERT);
7275 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
7276
7277 *slot = m;
7278
7279 return m->to;
7280 }
7281
7282 /* Tree walker to replace the decls used inside value expressions by
7283 duplicates. */
7284
7285 static tree
7286 replace_block_vars_by_duplicates_1 (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data)
7287 {
7288 struct replace_decls_d *rd = (struct replace_decls_d *)data;
7289
7290 switch (TREE_CODE (*tp))
7291 {
7292 case VAR_DECL:
7293 case PARM_DECL:
7294 case RESULT_DECL:
7295 replace_by_duplicate_decl (tp, rd->vars_map, rd->to_context);
7296 break;
7297 default:
7298 break;
7299 }
7300
7301 if (IS_TYPE_OR_DECL_P (*tp))
7302 *walk_subtrees = false;
7303
7304 return NULL;
7305 }
7306
7307 /* Change DECL_CONTEXT of all BLOCK_VARS in block, including
7308 subblocks. */
7309
7310 static void
7311 replace_block_vars_by_duplicates (tree block, hash_map<tree, tree> *vars_map,
7312 tree to_context)
7313 {
7314 tree *tp, t;
7315
7316 for (tp = &BLOCK_VARS (block); *tp; tp = &DECL_CHAIN (*tp))
7317 {
7318 t = *tp;
7319 if (!VAR_P (t) && TREE_CODE (t) != CONST_DECL)
7320 continue;
7321 replace_by_duplicate_decl (&t, vars_map, to_context);
7322 if (t != *tp)
7323 {
7324 if (VAR_P (*tp) && DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (*tp))
7325 {
7326 tree x = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (*tp);
7327 struct replace_decls_d rd = { vars_map, to_context };
7328 unshare_expr (x);
7329 walk_tree (&x, replace_block_vars_by_duplicates_1, &rd, NULL);
7330 SET_DECL_VALUE_EXPR (t, x);
7331 DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (t) = 1;
7332 }
7333 DECL_CHAIN (t) = DECL_CHAIN (*tp);
7334 *tp = t;
7335 }
7336 }
7337
7338 for (block = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); block; block = BLOCK_CHAIN (block))
7339 replace_block_vars_by_duplicates (block, vars_map, to_context);
7340 }
7341
7342 /* Fixup the loop arrays and numbers after moving LOOP and its subloops
7343 from FN1 to FN2. */
7344
7345 static void
7346 fixup_loop_arrays_after_move (struct function *fn1, struct function *fn2,
7347 class loop *loop)
7348 {
7349 /* Discard it from the old loop array. */
7350 (*get_loops (fn1))[loop->num] = NULL;
7351
7352 /* Place it in the new loop array, assigning it a new number. */
7353 loop->num = number_of_loops (fn2);
7354 vec_safe_push (loops_for_fn (fn2)->larray, loop);
7355
7356 /* Recurse to children. */
7357 for (loop = loop->inner; loop; loop = loop->next)
7358 fixup_loop_arrays_after_move (fn1, fn2, loop);
7359 }
7360
7361 /* Verify that the blocks in BBS_P are a single-entry, single-exit region
7362 delimited by ENTRY_BB and EXIT_BB, possibly containing noreturn blocks. */
7363
7364 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
7365 verify_sese (basic_block entry, basic_block exit, vec<basic_block> *bbs_p)
7366 {
7367 basic_block bb;
7368 edge_iterator ei;
7369 edge e;
7370 bitmap bbs = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
7371 int i;
7372
7373 gcc_assert (entry != NULL);
7374 gcc_assert (entry != exit);
7375 gcc_assert (bbs_p != NULL);
7376
7377 gcc_assert (bbs_p->length () > 0);
7378
7379 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs_p, i, bb)
7380 bitmap_set_bit (bbs, bb->index);
7381
7382 gcc_assert (bitmap_bit_p (bbs, entry->index));
7383 gcc_assert (exit == NULL || bitmap_bit_p (bbs, exit->index));
7384
7385 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*bbs_p, i, bb)
7386 {
7387 if (bb == entry)
7388 {
7389 gcc_assert (single_pred_p (entry));
7390 gcc_assert (!bitmap_bit_p (bbs, single_pred (entry)->index));
7391 }
7392 else
7393 for (ei = ei_start (bb->preds); !ei_end_p (ei); ei_next (&ei))
7394 {
7395 e = ei_edge (ei);
7396 gcc_assert (bitmap_bit_p (bbs, e->src->index));
7397 }
7398
7399 if (bb == exit)
7400 {
7401 gcc_assert (single_succ_p (exit));
7402 gcc_assert (!bitmap_bit_p (bbs, single_succ (exit)->index));
7403 }
7404 else
7405 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); !ei_end_p (ei); ei_next (&ei))
7406 {
7407 e = ei_edge (ei);
7408 gcc_assert (bitmap_bit_p (bbs, e->dest->index));
7409 }
7410 }
7411
7412 BITMAP_FREE (bbs);
7413 }
7414
7415 /* If FROM is an SSA_NAME, mark the version in bitmap DATA. */
7416
7417 bool
7418 gather_ssa_name_hash_map_from (tree const &from, tree const &, void *data)
7419 {
7420 bitmap release_names = (bitmap)data;
7421
7422 if (TREE_CODE (from) != SSA_NAME)
7423 return true;
7424
7425 bitmap_set_bit (release_names, SSA_NAME_VERSION (from));
7426 return true;
7427 }
7428
7429 /* Return LOOP_DIST_ALIAS call if present in BB. */
7430
7431 static gimple *
7432 find_loop_dist_alias (basic_block bb)
7433 {
7434 gimple *g = last_stmt (bb);
7435 if (g == NULL || gimple_code (g) != GIMPLE_COND)
7436 return NULL;
7437
7438 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_for_stmt (g);
7439 gsi_prev (&gsi);
7440 if (gsi_end_p (gsi))
7441 return NULL;
7442
7443 g = gsi_stmt (gsi);
7444 if (gimple_call_internal_p (g, IFN_LOOP_DIST_ALIAS))
7445 return g;
7446 return NULL;
7447 }
7448
7449 /* Fold loop internal call G like IFN_LOOP_VECTORIZED/IFN_LOOP_DIST_ALIAS
7450 to VALUE and update any immediate uses of it's LHS. */
7451
7452 void
7453 fold_loop_internal_call (gimple *g, tree value)
7454 {
7455 tree lhs = gimple_call_lhs (g);
7456 use_operand_p use_p;
7457 imm_use_iterator iter;
7458 gimple *use_stmt;
7459 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_for_stmt (g);
7460
7461 update_call_from_tree (&gsi, value);
7462 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (use_stmt, iter, lhs)
7463 {
7464 FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use_p, iter)
7465 SET_USE (use_p, value);
7466 update_stmt (use_stmt);
7467 }
7468 }
7469
7470 /* Move a single-entry, single-exit region delimited by ENTRY_BB and
7471 EXIT_BB to function DEST_CFUN. The whole region is replaced by a
7472 single basic block in the original CFG and the new basic block is
7473 returned. DEST_CFUN must not have a CFG yet.
7474
7475 Note that the region need not be a pure SESE region. Blocks inside
7476 the region may contain calls to abort/exit. The only restriction
7477 is that ENTRY_BB should be the only entry point and it must
7478 dominate EXIT_BB.
7479
7480 Change TREE_BLOCK of all statements in ORIG_BLOCK to the new
7481 functions outermost BLOCK, move all subblocks of ORIG_BLOCK
7482 to the new function.
7483
7484 All local variables referenced in the region are assumed to be in
7485 the corresponding BLOCK_VARS and unexpanded variable lists
7486 associated with DEST_CFUN.
7487
7488 TODO: investigate whether we can reuse gimple_duplicate_sese_region to
7489 reimplement move_sese_region_to_fn by duplicating the region rather than
7490 moving it. */
7491
7492 basic_block
7493 move_sese_region_to_fn (struct function *dest_cfun, basic_block entry_bb,
7494 basic_block exit_bb, tree orig_block)
7495 {
7496 vec<basic_block> bbs, dom_bbs;
7497 basic_block dom_entry = get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, entry_bb);
7498 basic_block after, bb, *entry_pred, *exit_succ, abb;
7499 struct function *saved_cfun = cfun;
7500 int *entry_flag, *exit_flag;
7501 profile_probability *entry_prob, *exit_prob;
7502 unsigned i, num_entry_edges, num_exit_edges, num_nodes;
7503 edge e;
7504 edge_iterator ei;
7505 htab_t new_label_map;
7506 hash_map<void *, void *> *eh_map;
7507 class loop *loop = entry_bb->loop_father;
7508 class loop *loop0 = get_loop (saved_cfun, 0);
7509 struct move_stmt_d d;
7510
7511 /* If ENTRY does not strictly dominate EXIT, this cannot be an SESE
7512 region. */
7513 gcc_assert (entry_bb != exit_bb
7514 && (!exit_bb
7515 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, exit_bb, entry_bb)));
7516
7517 /* Collect all the blocks in the region. Manually add ENTRY_BB
7518 because it won't be added by dfs_enumerate_from. */
7519 bbs.create (0);
7520 bbs.safe_push (entry_bb);
7521 gather_blocks_in_sese_region (entry_bb, exit_bb, &bbs);
7522
7523 if (flag_checking)
7524 verify_sese (entry_bb, exit_bb, &bbs);
7525
7526 /* The blocks that used to be dominated by something in BBS will now be
7527 dominated by the new block. */
7528 dom_bbs = get_dominated_by_region (CDI_DOMINATORS,
7529 bbs.address (),
7530 bbs.length ());
7531
7532 /* Detach ENTRY_BB and EXIT_BB from CFUN->CFG. We need to remember
7533 the predecessor edges to ENTRY_BB and the successor edges to
7534 EXIT_BB so that we can re-attach them to the new basic block that
7535 will replace the region. */
7536 num_entry_edges = EDGE_COUNT (entry_bb->preds);
7537 entry_pred = XNEWVEC (basic_block, num_entry_edges);
7538 entry_flag = XNEWVEC (int, num_entry_edges);
7539 entry_prob = XNEWVEC (profile_probability, num_entry_edges);
7540 i = 0;
7541 for (ei = ei_start (entry_bb->preds); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)) != NULL;)
7542 {
7543 entry_prob[i] = e->probability;
7544 entry_flag[i] = e->flags;
7545 entry_pred[i++] = e->src;
7546 remove_edge (e);
7547 }
7548
7549 if (exit_bb)
7550 {
7551 num_exit_edges = EDGE_COUNT (exit_bb->succs);
7552 exit_succ = XNEWVEC (basic_block, num_exit_edges);
7553 exit_flag = XNEWVEC (int, num_exit_edges);
7554 exit_prob = XNEWVEC (profile_probability, num_exit_edges);
7555 i = 0;
7556 for (ei = ei_start (exit_bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)) != NULL;)
7557 {
7558 exit_prob[i] = e->probability;
7559 exit_flag[i] = e->flags;
7560 exit_succ[i++] = e->dest;
7561 remove_edge (e);
7562 }
7563 }
7564 else
7565 {
7566 num_exit_edges = 0;
7567 exit_succ = NULL;
7568 exit_flag = NULL;
7569 exit_prob = NULL;
7570 }
7571
7572 /* Switch context to the child function to initialize DEST_FN's CFG. */
7573 gcc_assert (dest_cfun->cfg == NULL);
7574 push_cfun (dest_cfun);
7575
7576 init_empty_tree_cfg ();
7577
7578 /* Initialize EH information for the new function. */
7579 eh_map = NULL;
7580 new_label_map = NULL;
7581 if (saved_cfun->eh)
7582 {
7583 eh_region region = NULL;
7584 bool all = false;
7585
7586 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs, i, bb)
7587 {
7588 region = find_outermost_region_in_block (saved_cfun, bb, region, &all);
7589 if (all)
7590 break;
7591 }
7592
7593 init_eh_for_function ();
7594 if (region != NULL || all)
7595 {
7596 new_label_map = htab_create (17, tree_map_hash, tree_map_eq, free);
7597 eh_map = duplicate_eh_regions (saved_cfun, region, 0,
7598 new_label_mapper, new_label_map);
7599 }
7600 }
7601
7602 /* Initialize an empty loop tree. */
7603 struct loops *loops = ggc_cleared_alloc<struct loops> ();
7604 init_loops_structure (dest_cfun, loops, 1);
7605 loops->state = LOOPS_MAY_HAVE_MULTIPLE_LATCHES;
7606 set_loops_for_fn (dest_cfun, loops);
7607
7608 vec<loop_p, va_gc> *larray = get_loops (saved_cfun)->copy ();
7609
7610 /* Move the outlined loop tree part. */
7611 num_nodes = bbs.length ();
7612 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs, i, bb)
7613 {
7614 if (bb->loop_father->header == bb)
7615 {
7616 class loop *this_loop = bb->loop_father;
7617 class loop *outer = loop_outer (this_loop);
7618 if (outer == loop
7619 /* If the SESE region contains some bbs ending with
7620 a noreturn call, those are considered to belong
7621 to the outermost loop in saved_cfun, rather than
7622 the entry_bb's loop_father. */
7623 || outer == loop0)
7624 {
7625 if (outer != loop)
7626 num_nodes -= this_loop->num_nodes;
7627 flow_loop_tree_node_remove (bb->loop_father);
7628 flow_loop_tree_node_add (get_loop (dest_cfun, 0), this_loop);
7629 fixup_loop_arrays_after_move (saved_cfun, cfun, this_loop);
7630 }
7631 }
7632 else if (bb->loop_father == loop0 && loop0 != loop)
7633 num_nodes--;
7634
7635 /* Remove loop exits from the outlined region. */
7636 if (loops_for_fn (saved_cfun)->exits)
7637 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
7638 {
7639 struct loops *l = loops_for_fn (saved_cfun);
7640 loop_exit **slot
7641 = l->exits->find_slot_with_hash (e, htab_hash_pointer (e),
7642 NO_INSERT);
7643 if (slot)
7644 l->exits->clear_slot (slot);
7645 }
7646 }
7647
7648 /* Adjust the number of blocks in the tree root of the outlined part. */
7649 get_loop (dest_cfun, 0)->num_nodes = bbs.length () + 2;
7650
7651 /* Setup a mapping to be used by move_block_to_fn. */
7652 loop->aux = current_loops->tree_root;
7653 loop0->aux = current_loops->tree_root;
7654
7655 /* Fix up orig_loop_num. If the block referenced in it has been moved
7656 to dest_cfun, update orig_loop_num field, otherwise clear it. */
7657 class loop *dloop;
7658 signed char *moved_orig_loop_num = NULL;
7659 FOR_EACH_LOOP_FN (dest_cfun, dloop, 0)
7660 if (dloop->orig_loop_num)
7661 {
7662 if (moved_orig_loop_num == NULL)
7663 moved_orig_loop_num
7664 = XCNEWVEC (signed char, vec_safe_length (larray));
7665 if ((*larray)[dloop->orig_loop_num] != NULL
7666 && get_loop (saved_cfun, dloop->orig_loop_num) == NULL)
7667 {
7668 if (moved_orig_loop_num[dloop->orig_loop_num] >= 0
7669 && moved_orig_loop_num[dloop->orig_loop_num] < 2)
7670 moved_orig_loop_num[dloop->orig_loop_num]++;
7671 dloop->orig_loop_num = (*larray)[dloop->orig_loop_num]->num;
7672 }
7673 else
7674 {
7675 moved_orig_loop_num[dloop->orig_loop_num] = -1;
7676 dloop->orig_loop_num = 0;
7677 }
7678 }
7679 pop_cfun ();
7680
7681 if (moved_orig_loop_num)
7682 {
7683 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs, i, bb)
7684 {
7685 gimple *g = find_loop_dist_alias (bb);
7686 if (g == NULL)
7687 continue;
7688
7689 int orig_loop_num = tree_to_shwi (gimple_call_arg (g, 0));
7690 gcc_assert (orig_loop_num
7691 && (unsigned) orig_loop_num < vec_safe_length (larray));
7692 if (moved_orig_loop_num[orig_loop_num] == 2)
7693 {
7694 /* If we have moved both loops with this orig_loop_num into
7695 dest_cfun and the LOOP_DIST_ALIAS call is being moved there
7696 too, update the first argument. */
7697 gcc_assert ((*larray)[dloop->orig_loop_num] != NULL
7698 && (get_loop (saved_cfun, dloop->orig_loop_num)
7699 == NULL));
7700 tree t = build_int_cst (integer_type_node,
7701 (*larray)[dloop->orig_loop_num]->num);
7702 gimple_call_set_arg (g, 0, t);
7703 update_stmt (g);
7704 /* Make sure the following loop will not update it. */
7705 moved_orig_loop_num[orig_loop_num] = 0;
7706 }
7707 else
7708 /* Otherwise at least one of the loops stayed in saved_cfun.
7709 Remove the LOOP_DIST_ALIAS call. */
7710 fold_loop_internal_call (g, gimple_call_arg (g, 1));
7711 }
7712 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, saved_cfun)
7713 {
7714 gimple *g = find_loop_dist_alias (bb);
7715 if (g == NULL)
7716 continue;
7717 int orig_loop_num = tree_to_shwi (gimple_call_arg (g, 0));
7718 gcc_assert (orig_loop_num
7719 && (unsigned) orig_loop_num < vec_safe_length (larray));
7720 if (moved_orig_loop_num[orig_loop_num])
7721 /* LOOP_DIST_ALIAS call remained in saved_cfun, if at least one
7722 of the corresponding loops was moved, remove it. */
7723 fold_loop_internal_call (g, gimple_call_arg (g, 1));
7724 }
7725 XDELETEVEC (moved_orig_loop_num);
7726 }
7727 ggc_free (larray);
7728
7729 /* Move blocks from BBS into DEST_CFUN. */
7730 gcc_assert (bbs.length () >= 2);
7731 after = dest_cfun->cfg->x_entry_block_ptr;
7732 hash_map<tree, tree> vars_map;
7733
7734 memset (&d, 0, sizeof (d));
7735 d.orig_block = orig_block;
7736 d.new_block = DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl);
7737 d.from_context = cfun->decl;
7738 d.to_context = dest_cfun->decl;
7739 d.vars_map = &vars_map;
7740 d.new_label_map = new_label_map;
7741 d.eh_map = eh_map;
7742 d.remap_decls_p = true;
7743
7744 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun))
7745 for (tree arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (d.to_context); arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg))
7746 {
7747 tree narg = make_ssa_name_fn (dest_cfun, arg, gimple_build_nop ());
7748 set_ssa_default_def (dest_cfun, arg, narg);
7749 vars_map.put (arg, narg);
7750 }
7751
7752 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs, i, bb)
7753 {
7754 /* No need to update edge counts on the last block. It has
7755 already been updated earlier when we detached the region from
7756 the original CFG. */
7757 move_block_to_fn (dest_cfun, bb, after, bb != exit_bb, &d);
7758 after = bb;
7759 }
7760
7761 /* Adjust the maximum clique used. */
7762 dest_cfun->last_clique = saved_cfun->last_clique;
7763
7764 loop->aux = NULL;
7765 loop0->aux = NULL;
7766 /* Loop sizes are no longer correct, fix them up. */
7767 loop->num_nodes -= num_nodes;
7768 for (class loop *outer = loop_outer (loop);
7769 outer; outer = loop_outer (outer))
7770 outer->num_nodes -= num_nodes;
7771 loop0->num_nodes -= bbs.length () - num_nodes;
7772
7773 if (saved_cfun->has_simduid_loops || saved_cfun->has_force_vectorize_loops)
7774 {
7775 class loop *aloop;
7776 for (i = 0; vec_safe_iterate (loops->larray, i, &aloop); i++)
7777 if (aloop != NULL)
7778 {
7779 if (aloop->simduid)
7780 {
7781 replace_by_duplicate_decl (&aloop->simduid, d.vars_map,
7782 d.to_context);
7783 dest_cfun->has_simduid_loops = true;
7784 }
7785 if (aloop->force_vectorize)
7786 dest_cfun->has_force_vectorize_loops = true;
7787 }
7788 }
7789
7790 /* Rewire BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS of orig_block. */
7791 if (orig_block)
7792 {
7793 tree block;
7794 gcc_assert (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl))
7795 == NULL_TREE);
7796 BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl))
7797 = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (orig_block);
7798 for (block = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (orig_block);
7799 block; block = BLOCK_CHAIN (block))
7800 BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block) = DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl);
7801 BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (orig_block) = NULL_TREE;
7802 }
7803
7804 replace_block_vars_by_duplicates (DECL_INITIAL (dest_cfun->decl),
7805 &vars_map, dest_cfun->decl);
7806
7807 if (new_label_map)
7808 htab_delete (new_label_map);
7809 if (eh_map)
7810 delete eh_map;
7811
7812 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun))
7813 {
7814 /* We need to release ssa-names in a defined order, so first find them,
7815 and then iterate in ascending version order. */
7816 bitmap release_names = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
7817 vars_map.traverse<void *, gather_ssa_name_hash_map_from> (release_names);
7818 bitmap_iterator bi;
7819 unsigned i;
7820 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (release_names, 0, i, bi)
7821 release_ssa_name (ssa_name (i));
7822 BITMAP_FREE (release_names);
7823 }
7824
7825 /* Rewire the entry and exit blocks. The successor to the entry
7826 block turns into the successor of DEST_FN's ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR in
7827 the child function. Similarly, the predecessor of DEST_FN's
7828 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR turns into the predecessor of EXIT_BLOCK_PTR. We
7829 need to switch CFUN between DEST_CFUN and SAVED_CFUN so that the
7830 various CFG manipulation function get to the right CFG.
7831
7832 FIXME, this is silly. The CFG ought to become a parameter to
7833 these helpers. */
7834 push_cfun (dest_cfun);
7835 ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count = entry_bb->count;
7836 make_single_succ_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), entry_bb, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
7837 if (exit_bb)
7838 {
7839 make_single_succ_edge (exit_bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), 0);
7840 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count = exit_bb->count;
7841 }
7842 else
7843 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count = profile_count::zero ();
7844 pop_cfun ();
7845
7846 /* Back in the original function, the SESE region has disappeared,
7847 create a new basic block in its place. */
7848 bb = create_empty_bb (entry_pred[0]);
7849 if (current_loops)
7850 add_bb_to_loop (bb, loop);
7851 for (i = 0; i < num_entry_edges; i++)
7852 {
7853 e = make_edge (entry_pred[i], bb, entry_flag[i]);
7854 e->probability = entry_prob[i];
7855 }
7856
7857 for (i = 0; i < num_exit_edges; i++)
7858 {
7859 e = make_edge (bb, exit_succ[i], exit_flag[i]);
7860 e->probability = exit_prob[i];
7861 }
7862
7863 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb, dom_entry);
7864 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dom_bbs, i, abb)
7865 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, abb, bb);
7866 dom_bbs.release ();
7867
7868 if (exit_bb)
7869 {
7870 free (exit_prob);
7871 free (exit_flag);
7872 free (exit_succ);
7873 }
7874 free (entry_prob);
7875 free (entry_flag);
7876 free (entry_pred);
7877 bbs.release ();
7878
7879 return bb;
7880 }
7881
7882 /* Dump default def DEF to file FILE using FLAGS and indentation
7883 SPC. */
7884
7885 static void
7886 dump_default_def (FILE *file, tree def, int spc, dump_flags_t flags)
7887 {
7888 for (int i = 0; i < spc; ++i)
7889 fprintf (file, " ");
7890 dump_ssaname_info_to_file (file, def, spc);
7891
7892 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_TYPE (def), flags);
7893 fprintf (file, " ");
7894 print_generic_expr (file, def, flags);
7895 fprintf (file, " = ");
7896 print_generic_expr (file, SSA_NAME_VAR (def), flags);
7897 fprintf (file, ";\n");
7898 }
7899
7900 /* Print no_sanitize attribute to FILE for a given attribute VALUE. */
7901
7902 static void
7903 print_no_sanitize_attr_value (FILE *file, tree value)
7904 {
7905 unsigned int flags = tree_to_uhwi (value);
7906 bool first = true;
7907 for (int i = 0; sanitizer_opts[i].name != NULL; ++i)
7908 {
7909 if ((sanitizer_opts[i].flag & flags) == sanitizer_opts[i].flag)
7910 {
7911 if (!first)
7912 fprintf (file, " | ");
7913 fprintf (file, "%s", sanitizer_opts[i].name);
7914 first = false;
7915 }
7916 }
7917 }
7918
7919 /* Dump FUNCTION_DECL FN to file FILE using FLAGS (see TDF_* in dumpfile.h)
7920 */
7921
7922 void
7923 dump_function_to_file (tree fndecl, FILE *file, dump_flags_t flags)
7924 {
7925 tree arg, var, old_current_fndecl = current_function_decl;
7926 struct function *dsf;
7927 bool ignore_topmost_bind = false, any_var = false;
7928 basic_block bb;
7929 tree chain;
7930 bool tmclone = (TREE_CODE (fndecl) == FUNCTION_DECL
7931 && decl_is_tm_clone (fndecl));
7932 struct function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl);
7933
7934 if (DECL_ATTRIBUTES (fndecl) != NULL_TREE)
7935 {
7936 fprintf (file, "__attribute__((");
7937
7938 bool first = true;
7939 tree chain;
7940 for (chain = DECL_ATTRIBUTES (fndecl); chain;
7941 first = false, chain = TREE_CHAIN (chain))
7942 {
7943 if (!first)
7944 fprintf (file, ", ");
7945
7946 tree name = get_attribute_name (chain);
7947 print_generic_expr (file, name, dump_flags);
7948 if (TREE_VALUE (chain) != NULL_TREE)
7949 {
7950 fprintf (file, " (");
7951
7952 if (strstr (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name), "no_sanitize"))
7953 print_no_sanitize_attr_value (file, TREE_VALUE (chain));
7954 else
7955 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_VALUE (chain), dump_flags);
7956 fprintf (file, ")");
7957 }
7958 }
7959
7960 fprintf (file, "))\n");
7961 }
7962
7963 current_function_decl = fndecl;
7964 if (flags & TDF_GIMPLE)
7965 {
7966 static bool hotness_bb_param_printed = false;
7967 if (profile_info != NULL
7968 && !hotness_bb_param_printed)
7969 {
7970 hotness_bb_param_printed = true;
7971 fprintf (file,
7972 "/* --param=gimple-fe-computed-hot-bb-threshold=%" PRId64
7973 " */\n", get_hot_bb_threshold ());
7974 }
7975
7976 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl)),
7977 dump_flags | TDF_SLIM);
7978 fprintf (file, " __GIMPLE (%s",
7979 (fun->curr_properties & PROP_ssa) ? "ssa"
7980 : (fun->curr_properties & PROP_cfg) ? "cfg"
7981 : "");
7982
7983 if (cfun->cfg)
7984 {
7985 basic_block bb = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun);
7986 if (bb->count.initialized_p ())
7987 fprintf (file, ",%s(%d)",
7988 profile_quality_as_string (bb->count.quality ()),
7989 bb->count.value ());
7990 fprintf (file, ")\n%s (", function_name (fun));
7991 }
7992 }
7993 else
7994 fprintf (file, "%s %s(", function_name (fun), tmclone ? "[tm-clone] " : "");
7995
7996 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl);
7997 while (arg)
7998 {
7999 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_TYPE (arg), dump_flags);
8000 fprintf (file, " ");
8001 print_generic_expr (file, arg, dump_flags);
8002 if (DECL_CHAIN (arg))
8003 fprintf (file, ", ");
8004 arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg);
8005 }
8006 fprintf (file, ")\n");
8007
8008 dsf = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl);
8009 if (dsf && (flags & TDF_EH))
8010 dump_eh_tree (file, dsf);
8011
8012 if (flags & TDF_RAW && !gimple_has_body_p (fndecl))
8013 {
8014 dump_node (fndecl, TDF_SLIM | flags, file);
8015 current_function_decl = old_current_fndecl;
8016 return;
8017 }
8018
8019 /* When GIMPLE is lowered, the variables are no longer available in
8020 BIND_EXPRs, so display them separately. */
8021 if (fun && fun->decl == fndecl && (fun->curr_properties & PROP_gimple_lcf))
8022 {
8023 unsigned ix;
8024 ignore_topmost_bind = true;
8025
8026 fprintf (file, "{\n");
8027 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (fun)
8028 && (flags & TDF_ALIAS))
8029 {
8030 for (arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl); arg != NULL;
8031 arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg))
8032 {
8033 tree def = ssa_default_def (fun, arg);
8034 if (def)
8035 dump_default_def (file, def, 2, flags);
8036 }
8037
8038 tree res = DECL_RESULT (fun->decl);
8039 if (res != NULL_TREE
8040 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (res))
8041 {
8042 tree def = ssa_default_def (fun, res);
8043 if (def)
8044 dump_default_def (file, def, 2, flags);
8045 }
8046
8047 tree static_chain = fun->static_chain_decl;
8048 if (static_chain != NULL_TREE)
8049 {
8050 tree def = ssa_default_def (fun, static_chain);
8051 if (def)
8052 dump_default_def (file, def, 2, flags);
8053 }
8054 }
8055
8056 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (fun->local_decls))
8057 FOR_EACH_LOCAL_DECL (fun, ix, var)
8058 {
8059 print_generic_decl (file, var, flags);
8060 fprintf (file, "\n");
8061
8062 any_var = true;
8063 }
8064
8065 tree name;
8066
8067 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun))
8068 FOR_EACH_SSA_NAME (ix, name, cfun)
8069 {
8070 if (!SSA_NAME_VAR (name))
8071 {
8072 fprintf (file, " ");
8073 print_generic_expr (file, TREE_TYPE (name), flags);
8074 fprintf (file, " ");
8075 print_generic_expr (file, name, flags);
8076 fprintf (file, ";\n");
8077
8078 any_var = true;
8079 }
8080 }
8081 }
8082
8083 if (fun && fun->decl == fndecl
8084 && fun->cfg
8085 && basic_block_info_for_fn (fun))
8086 {
8087 /* If the CFG has been built, emit a CFG-based dump. */
8088 if (!ignore_topmost_bind)
8089 fprintf (file, "{\n");
8090
8091 if (any_var && n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun))
8092 fprintf (file, "\n");
8093
8094 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, fun)
8095 dump_bb (file, bb, 2, flags);
8096
8097 fprintf (file, "}\n");
8098 }
8099 else if (fun->curr_properties & PROP_gimple_any)
8100 {
8101 /* The function is now in GIMPLE form but the CFG has not been
8102 built yet. Emit the single sequence of GIMPLE statements
8103 that make up its body. */
8104 gimple_seq body = gimple_body (fndecl);
8105
8106 if (gimple_seq_first_stmt (body)
8107 && gimple_seq_first_stmt (body) == gimple_seq_last_stmt (body)
8108 && gimple_code (gimple_seq_first_stmt (body)) == GIMPLE_BIND)
8109 print_gimple_seq (file, body, 0, flags);
8110 else
8111 {
8112 if (!ignore_topmost_bind)
8113 fprintf (file, "{\n");
8114
8115 if (any_var)
8116 fprintf (file, "\n");
8117
8118 print_gimple_seq (file, body, 2, flags);
8119 fprintf (file, "}\n");
8120 }
8121 }
8122 else
8123 {
8124 int indent;
8125
8126 /* Make a tree based dump. */
8127 chain = DECL_SAVED_TREE (fndecl);
8128 if (chain && TREE_CODE (chain) == BIND_EXPR)
8129 {
8130 if (ignore_topmost_bind)
8131 {
8132 chain = BIND_EXPR_BODY (chain);
8133 indent = 2;
8134 }
8135 else
8136 indent = 0;
8137 }
8138 else
8139 {
8140 if (!ignore_topmost_bind)
8141 {
8142 fprintf (file, "{\n");
8143 /* No topmost bind, pretend it's ignored for later. */
8144 ignore_topmost_bind = true;
8145 }
8146 indent = 2;
8147 }
8148
8149 if (any_var)
8150 fprintf (file, "\n");
8151
8152 print_generic_stmt_indented (file, chain, flags, indent);
8153 if (ignore_topmost_bind)
8154 fprintf (file, "}\n");
8155 }
8156
8157 if (flags & TDF_ENUMERATE_LOCALS)
8158 dump_enumerated_decls (file, flags);
8159 fprintf (file, "\n\n");
8160
8161 current_function_decl = old_current_fndecl;
8162 }
8163
8164 /* Dump FUNCTION_DECL FN to stderr using FLAGS (see TDF_* in tree.h) */
8165
8166 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
8167 debug_function (tree fn, dump_flags_t flags)
8168 {
8169 dump_function_to_file (fn, stderr, flags);
8170 }
8171
8172
8173 /* Print on FILE the indexes for the predecessors of basic_block BB. */
8174
8175 static void
8176 print_pred_bbs (FILE *file, basic_block bb)
8177 {
8178 edge e;
8179 edge_iterator ei;
8180
8181 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
8182 fprintf (file, "bb_%d ", e->src->index);
8183 }
8184
8185
8186 /* Print on FILE the indexes for the successors of basic_block BB. */
8187
8188 static void
8189 print_succ_bbs (FILE *file, basic_block bb)
8190 {
8191 edge e;
8192 edge_iterator ei;
8193
8194 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
8195 fprintf (file, "bb_%d ", e->dest->index);
8196 }
8197
8198 /* Print to FILE the basic block BB following the VERBOSITY level. */
8199
8200 void
8201 print_loops_bb (FILE *file, basic_block bb, int indent, int verbosity)
8202 {
8203 char *s_indent = (char *) alloca ((size_t) indent + 1);
8204 memset ((void *) s_indent, ' ', (size_t) indent);
8205 s_indent[indent] = '\0';
8206
8207 /* Print basic_block's header. */
8208 if (verbosity >= 2)
8209 {
8210 fprintf (file, "%s bb_%d (preds = {", s_indent, bb->index);
8211 print_pred_bbs (file, bb);
8212 fprintf (file, "}, succs = {");
8213 print_succ_bbs (file, bb);
8214 fprintf (file, "})\n");
8215 }
8216
8217 /* Print basic_block's body. */
8218 if (verbosity >= 3)
8219 {
8220 fprintf (file, "%s {\n", s_indent);
8221 dump_bb (file, bb, indent + 4, TDF_VOPS|TDF_MEMSYMS);
8222 fprintf (file, "%s }\n", s_indent);
8223 }
8224 }
8225
8226 static void print_loop_and_siblings (FILE *, class loop *, int, int);
8227
8228 /* Pretty print LOOP on FILE, indented INDENT spaces. Following
8229 VERBOSITY level this outputs the contents of the loop, or just its
8230 structure. */
8231
8232 static void
8233 print_loop (FILE *file, class loop *loop, int indent, int verbosity)
8234 {
8235 char *s_indent;
8236 basic_block bb;
8237
8238 if (loop == NULL)
8239 return;
8240
8241 s_indent = (char *) alloca ((size_t) indent + 1);
8242 memset ((void *) s_indent, ' ', (size_t) indent);
8243 s_indent[indent] = '\0';
8244
8245 /* Print loop's header. */
8246 fprintf (file, "%sloop_%d (", s_indent, loop->num);
8247 if (loop->header)
8248 fprintf (file, "header = %d", loop->header->index);
8249 else
8250 {
8251 fprintf (file, "deleted)\n");
8252 return;
8253 }
8254 if (loop->latch)
8255 fprintf (file, ", latch = %d", loop->latch->index);
8256 else
8257 fprintf (file, ", multiple latches");
8258 fprintf (file, ", niter = ");
8259 print_generic_expr (file, loop->nb_iterations);
8260
8261 if (loop->any_upper_bound)
8262 {
8263 fprintf (file, ", upper_bound = ");
8264 print_decu (loop->nb_iterations_upper_bound, file);
8265 }
8266 if (loop->any_likely_upper_bound)
8267 {
8268 fprintf (file, ", likely_upper_bound = ");
8269 print_decu (loop->nb_iterations_likely_upper_bound, file);
8270 }
8271
8272 if (loop->any_estimate)
8273 {
8274 fprintf (file, ", estimate = ");
8275 print_decu (loop->nb_iterations_estimate, file);
8276 }
8277 if (loop->unroll)
8278 fprintf (file, ", unroll = %d", loop->unroll);
8279 fprintf (file, ")\n");
8280
8281 /* Print loop's body. */
8282 if (verbosity >= 1)
8283 {
8284 fprintf (file, "%s{\n", s_indent);
8285 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
8286 if (bb->loop_father == loop)
8287 print_loops_bb (file, bb, indent, verbosity);
8288
8289 print_loop_and_siblings (file, loop->inner, indent + 2, verbosity);
8290 fprintf (file, "%s}\n", s_indent);
8291 }
8292 }
8293
8294 /* Print the LOOP and its sibling loops on FILE, indented INDENT
8295 spaces. Following VERBOSITY level this outputs the contents of the
8296 loop, or just its structure. */
8297
8298 static void
8299 print_loop_and_siblings (FILE *file, class loop *loop, int indent,
8300 int verbosity)
8301 {
8302 if (loop == NULL)
8303 return;
8304
8305 print_loop (file, loop, indent, verbosity);
8306 print_loop_and_siblings (file, loop->next, indent, verbosity);
8307 }
8308
8309 /* Follow a CFG edge from the entry point of the program, and on entry
8310 of a loop, pretty print the loop structure on FILE. */
8311
8312 void
8313 print_loops (FILE *file, int verbosity)
8314 {
8315 basic_block bb;
8316
8317 bb = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun);
8318 fprintf (file, "\nLoops in function: %s\n", current_function_name ());
8319 if (bb && bb->loop_father)
8320 print_loop_and_siblings (file, bb->loop_father, 0, verbosity);
8321 }
8322
8323 /* Dump a loop. */
8324
8325 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
8326 debug (class loop &ref)
8327 {
8328 print_loop (stderr, &ref, 0, /*verbosity*/0);
8329 }
8330
8331 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
8332 debug (class loop *ptr)
8333 {
8334 if (ptr)
8335 debug (*ptr);
8336 else
8337 fprintf (stderr, "<nil>\n");
8338 }
8339
8340 /* Dump a loop verbosely. */
8341
8342 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
8343 debug_verbose (class loop &ref)
8344 {
8345 print_loop (stderr, &ref, 0, /*verbosity*/3);
8346 }
8347
8348 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
8349 debug_verbose (class loop *ptr)
8350 {
8351 if (ptr)
8352 debug (*ptr);
8353 else
8354 fprintf (stderr, "<nil>\n");
8355 }
8356
8357
8358 /* Debugging loops structure at tree level, at some VERBOSITY level. */
8359
8360 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
8361 debug_loops (int verbosity)
8362 {
8363 print_loops (stderr, verbosity);
8364 }
8365
8366 /* Print on stderr the code of LOOP, at some VERBOSITY level. */
8367
8368 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
8369 debug_loop (class loop *loop, int verbosity)
8370 {
8371 print_loop (stderr, loop, 0, verbosity);
8372 }
8373
8374 /* Print on stderr the code of loop number NUM, at some VERBOSITY
8375 level. */
8376
8377 DEBUG_FUNCTION void
8378 debug_loop_num (unsigned num, int verbosity)
8379 {
8380 debug_loop (get_loop (cfun, num), verbosity);
8381 }
8382
8383 /* Return true if BB ends with a call, possibly followed by some
8384 instructions that must stay with the call. Return false,
8385 otherwise. */
8386
8387 static bool
8388 gimple_block_ends_with_call_p (basic_block bb)
8389 {
8390 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb);
8391 return !gsi_end_p (gsi) && is_gimple_call (gsi_stmt (gsi));
8392 }
8393
8394
8395 /* Return true if BB ends with a conditional branch. Return false,
8396 otherwise. */
8397
8398 static bool
8399 gimple_block_ends_with_condjump_p (const_basic_block bb)
8400 {
8401 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (CONST_CAST_BB (bb));
8402 return (stmt && gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND);
8403 }
8404
8405
8406 /* Return true if statement T may terminate execution of BB in ways not
8407 explicitly represtented in the CFG. */
8408
8409 bool
8410 stmt_can_terminate_bb_p (gimple *t)
8411 {
8412 tree fndecl = NULL_TREE;
8413 int call_flags = 0;
8414
8415 /* Eh exception not handled internally terminates execution of the whole
8416 function. */
8417 if (stmt_can_throw_external (cfun, t))
8418 return true;
8419
8420 /* NORETURN and LONGJMP calls already have an edge to exit.
8421 CONST and PURE calls do not need one.
8422 We don't currently check for CONST and PURE here, although
8423 it would be a good idea, because those attributes are
8424 figured out from the RTL in mark_constant_function, and
8425 the counter incrementation code from -fprofile-arcs
8426 leads to different results from -fbranch-probabilities. */
8427 if (is_gimple_call (t))
8428 {
8429 fndecl = gimple_call_fndecl (t);
8430 call_flags = gimple_call_flags (t);
8431 }
8432
8433 if (is_gimple_call (t)
8434 && fndecl
8435 && fndecl_built_in_p (fndecl)
8436 && (call_flags & ECF_NOTHROW)
8437 && !(call_flags & ECF_RETURNS_TWICE)
8438 /* fork() doesn't really return twice, but the effect of
8439 wrapping it in __gcov_fork() which calls __gcov_flush()
8440 and clears the counters before forking has the same
8441 effect as returning twice. Force a fake edge. */
8442 && !fndecl_built_in_p (fndecl, BUILT_IN_FORK))
8443 return false;
8444
8445 if (is_gimple_call (t))
8446 {
8447 edge_iterator ei;
8448 edge e;
8449 basic_block bb;
8450
8451 if (call_flags & (ECF_PURE | ECF_CONST)
8452 && !(call_flags & ECF_LOOPING_CONST_OR_PURE))
8453 return false;
8454
8455 /* Function call may do longjmp, terminate program or do other things.
8456 Special case noreturn that have non-abnormal edges out as in this case
8457 the fact is sufficiently represented by lack of edges out of T. */
8458 if (!(call_flags & ECF_NORETURN))
8459 return true;
8460
8461 bb = gimple_bb (t);
8462 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
8463 if ((e->flags & EDGE_FAKE) == 0)
8464 return true;
8465 }
8466
8467 if (gasm *asm_stmt = dyn_cast <gasm *> (t))
8468 if (gimple_asm_volatile_p (asm_stmt) || gimple_asm_input_p (asm_stmt))
8469 return true;
8470
8471 return false;
8472 }
8473
8474
8475 /* Add fake edges to the function exit for any non constant and non
8476 noreturn calls (or noreturn calls with EH/abnormal edges),
8477 volatile inline assembly in the bitmap of blocks specified by BLOCKS
8478 or to the whole CFG if BLOCKS is zero. Return the number of blocks
8479 that were split.
8480
8481 The goal is to expose cases in which entering a basic block does
8482 not imply that all subsequent instructions must be executed. */
8483
8484 static int
8485 gimple_flow_call_edges_add (sbitmap blocks)
8486 {
8487 int i;
8488 int blocks_split = 0;
8489 int last_bb = last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun);
8490 bool check_last_block = false;
8491
8492 if (n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun) == NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS)
8493 return 0;
8494
8495 if (! blocks)
8496 check_last_block = true;
8497 else
8498 check_last_block = bitmap_bit_p (blocks,
8499 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->prev_bb->index);
8500
8501 /* In the last basic block, before epilogue generation, there will be
8502 a fallthru edge to EXIT. Special care is required if the last insn
8503 of the last basic block is a call because make_edge folds duplicate
8504 edges, which would result in the fallthru edge also being marked
8505 fake, which would result in the fallthru edge being removed by
8506 remove_fake_edges, which would result in an invalid CFG.
8507
8508 Moreover, we can't elide the outgoing fake edge, since the block
8509 profiler needs to take this into account in order to solve the minimal
8510 spanning tree in the case that the call doesn't return.
8511
8512 Handle this by adding a dummy instruction in a new last basic block. */
8513 if (check_last_block)
8514 {
8515 basic_block bb = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->prev_bb;
8516 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb);
8517 gimple *t = NULL;
8518
8519 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi))
8520 t = gsi_stmt (gsi);
8521
8522 if (t && stmt_can_terminate_bb_p (t))
8523 {
8524 edge e;
8525
8526 e = find_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));
8527 if (e)
8528 {
8529 gsi_insert_on_edge (e, gimple_build_nop ());
8530 gsi_commit_edge_inserts ();
8531 }
8532 }
8533 }
8534
8535 /* Now add fake edges to the function exit for any non constant
8536 calls since there is no way that we can determine if they will
8537 return or not... */
8538 for (i = 0; i < last_bb; i++)
8539 {
8540 basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i);
8541 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
8542 gimple *stmt, *last_stmt;
8543
8544 if (!bb)
8545 continue;
8546
8547 if (blocks && !bitmap_bit_p (blocks, i))
8548 continue;
8549
8550 gsi = gsi_last_nondebug_bb (bb);
8551 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi))
8552 {
8553 last_stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
8554 do
8555 {
8556 stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
8557 if (stmt_can_terminate_bb_p (stmt))
8558 {
8559 edge e;
8560
8561 /* The handling above of the final block before the
8562 epilogue should be enough to verify that there is
8563 no edge to the exit block in CFG already.
8564 Calling make_edge in such case would cause us to
8565 mark that edge as fake and remove it later. */
8566 if (flag_checking && stmt == last_stmt)
8567 {
8568 e = find_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));
8569 gcc_assert (e == NULL);
8570 }
8571
8572 /* Note that the following may create a new basic block
8573 and renumber the existing basic blocks. */
8574 if (stmt != last_stmt)
8575 {
8576 e = split_block (bb, stmt);
8577 if (e)
8578 blocks_split++;
8579 }
8580 e = make_edge (bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun), EDGE_FAKE);
8581 e->probability = profile_probability::guessed_never ();
8582 }
8583 gsi_prev (&gsi);
8584 }
8585 while (!gsi_end_p (gsi));
8586 }
8587 }
8588
8589 if (blocks_split)
8590 checking_verify_flow_info ();
8591
8592 return blocks_split;
8593 }
8594
8595 /* Removes edge E and all the blocks dominated by it, and updates dominance
8596 information. The IL in E->src needs to be updated separately.
8597 If dominance info is not available, only the edge E is removed.*/
8598
8599 void
8600 remove_edge_and_dominated_blocks (edge e)
8601 {
8602 vec<basic_block> bbs_to_remove = vNULL;
8603 vec<basic_block> bbs_to_fix_dom = vNULL;
8604 edge f;
8605 edge_iterator ei;
8606 bool none_removed = false;
8607 unsigned i;
8608 basic_block bb, dbb;
8609 bitmap_iterator bi;
8610
8611 /* If we are removing a path inside a non-root loop that may change
8612 loop ownership of blocks or remove loops. Mark loops for fixup. */
8613 if (current_loops
8614 && loop_outer (e->src->loop_father) != NULL
8615 && e->src->loop_father == e->dest->loop_father)
8616 loops_state_set (LOOPS_NEED_FIXUP);
8617
8618 if (!dom_info_available_p (CDI_DOMINATORS))
8619 {
8620 remove_edge (e);
8621 return;
8622 }
8623
8624 /* No updating is needed for edges to exit. */
8625 if (e->dest == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
8626 {
8627 if (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs)
8628 bitmap_set_bit (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, e->src->index);
8629 remove_edge (e);
8630 return;
8631 }
8632
8633 /* First, we find the basic blocks to remove. If E->dest has a predecessor
8634 that is not dominated by E->dest, then this set is empty. Otherwise,
8635 all the basic blocks dominated by E->dest are removed.
8636
8637 Also, to DF_IDOM we store the immediate dominators of the blocks in
8638 the dominance frontier of E (i.e., of the successors of the
8639 removed blocks, if there are any, and of E->dest otherwise). */
8640 FOR_EACH_EDGE (f, ei, e->dest->preds)
8641 {
8642 if (f == e)
8643 continue;
8644
8645 if (!dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, f->src, e->dest))
8646 {
8647 none_removed = true;
8648 break;
8649 }
8650 }
8651
8652 auto_bitmap df, df_idom;
8653 if (none_removed)
8654 bitmap_set_bit (df_idom,
8655 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, e->dest)->index);
8656 else
8657 {
8658 bbs_to_remove = get_all_dominated_blocks (CDI_DOMINATORS, e->dest);
8659 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs_to_remove, i, bb)
8660 {
8661 FOR_EACH_EDGE (f, ei, bb->succs)
8662 {
8663 if (f->dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
8664 bitmap_set_bit (df, f->dest->index);
8665 }
8666 }
8667 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (bbs_to_remove, i, bb)
8668 bitmap_clear_bit (df, bb->index);
8669
8670 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (df, 0, i, bi)
8671 {
8672 bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i);
8673 bitmap_set_bit (df_idom,
8674 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb)->index);
8675 }
8676 }
8677
8678 if (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs)
8679 {
8680 /* Record the set of the altered basic blocks. */
8681 bitmap_set_bit (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, e->src->index);
8682 bitmap_ior_into (cfgcleanup_altered_bbs, df);
8683 }
8684
8685 /* Remove E and the cancelled blocks. */
8686 if (none_removed)
8687 remove_edge (e);
8688 else
8689 {
8690 /* Walk backwards so as to get a chance to substitute all
8691 released DEFs into debug stmts. See
8692 eliminate_unnecessary_stmts() in tree-ssa-dce.c for more
8693 details. */
8694 for (i = bbs_to_remove.length (); i-- > 0; )
8695 delete_basic_block (bbs_to_remove[i]);
8696 }
8697
8698 /* Update the dominance information. The immediate dominator may change only
8699 for blocks whose immediate dominator belongs to DF_IDOM:
8700
8701 Suppose that idom(X) = Y before removal of E and idom(X) != Y after the
8702 removal. Let Z the arbitrary block such that idom(Z) = Y and
8703 Z dominates X after the removal. Before removal, there exists a path P
8704 from Y to X that avoids Z. Let F be the last edge on P that is
8705 removed, and let W = F->dest. Before removal, idom(W) = Y (since Y
8706 dominates W, and because of P, Z does not dominate W), and W belongs to
8707 the dominance frontier of E. Therefore, Y belongs to DF_IDOM. */
8708 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (df_idom, 0, i, bi)
8709 {
8710 bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i);
8711 for (dbb = first_dom_son (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb);
8712 dbb;
8713 dbb = next_dom_son (CDI_DOMINATORS, dbb))
8714 bbs_to_fix_dom.safe_push (dbb);
8715 }
8716
8717 iterate_fix_dominators (CDI_DOMINATORS, bbs_to_fix_dom, true);
8718
8719 bbs_to_remove.release ();
8720 bbs_to_fix_dom.release ();
8721 }
8722
8723 /* Purge dead EH edges from basic block BB. */
8724
8725 bool
8726 gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges (basic_block bb)
8727 {
8728 bool changed = false;
8729 edge e;
8730 edge_iterator ei;
8731 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb);
8732
8733 if (stmt && stmt_can_throw_internal (cfun, stmt))
8734 return false;
8735
8736 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); )
8737 {
8738 if (e->flags & EDGE_EH)
8739 {
8740 remove_edge_and_dominated_blocks (e);
8741 changed = true;
8742 }
8743 else
8744 ei_next (&ei);
8745 }
8746
8747 return changed;
8748 }
8749
8750 /* Purge dead EH edges from basic block listed in BLOCKS. */
8751
8752 bool
8753 gimple_purge_all_dead_eh_edges (const_bitmap blocks)
8754 {
8755 bool changed = false;
8756 unsigned i;
8757 bitmap_iterator bi;
8758
8759 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (blocks, 0, i, bi)
8760 {
8761 basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i);
8762
8763 /* Earlier gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges could have removed
8764 this basic block already. */
8765 gcc_assert (bb || changed);
8766 if (bb != NULL)
8767 changed |= gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges (bb);
8768 }
8769
8770 return changed;
8771 }
8772
8773 /* Purge dead abnormal call edges from basic block BB. */
8774
8775 bool
8776 gimple_purge_dead_abnormal_call_edges (basic_block bb)
8777 {
8778 bool changed = false;
8779 edge e;
8780 edge_iterator ei;
8781 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb);
8782
8783 if (!cfun->has_nonlocal_label
8784 && !cfun->calls_setjmp)
8785 return false;
8786
8787 if (stmt && stmt_can_make_abnormal_goto (stmt))
8788 return false;
8789
8790 for (ei = ei_start (bb->succs); (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); )
8791 {
8792 if (e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)
8793 {
8794 if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
8795 e->flags &= ~EDGE_ABNORMAL;
8796 else
8797 remove_edge_and_dominated_blocks (e);
8798 changed = true;
8799 }
8800 else
8801 ei_next (&ei);
8802 }
8803
8804 return changed;
8805 }
8806
8807 /* Purge dead abnormal call edges from basic block listed in BLOCKS. */
8808
8809 bool
8810 gimple_purge_all_dead_abnormal_call_edges (const_bitmap blocks)
8811 {
8812 bool changed = false;
8813 unsigned i;
8814 bitmap_iterator bi;
8815
8816 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (blocks, 0, i, bi)
8817 {
8818 basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, i);
8819
8820 /* Earlier gimple_purge_dead_abnormal_call_edges could have removed
8821 this basic block already. */
8822 gcc_assert (bb || changed);
8823 if (bb != NULL)
8824 changed |= gimple_purge_dead_abnormal_call_edges (bb);
8825 }
8826
8827 return changed;
8828 }
8829
8830 /* This function is called whenever a new edge is created or
8831 redirected. */
8832
8833 static void
8834 gimple_execute_on_growing_pred (edge e)
8835 {
8836 basic_block bb = e->dest;
8837
8838 if (!gimple_seq_empty_p (phi_nodes (bb)))
8839 reserve_phi_args_for_new_edge (bb);
8840 }
8841
8842 /* This function is called immediately before edge E is removed from
8843 the edge vector E->dest->preds. */
8844
8845 static void
8846 gimple_execute_on_shrinking_pred (edge e)
8847 {
8848 if (!gimple_seq_empty_p (phi_nodes (e->dest)))
8849 remove_phi_args (e);
8850 }
8851
8852 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8853 Helper functions for Loop versioning
8854 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
8855
8856 /* Adjust phi nodes for 'first' basic block. 'second' basic block is a copy
8857 of 'first'. Both of them are dominated by 'new_head' basic block. When
8858 'new_head' was created by 'second's incoming edge it received phi arguments
8859 on the edge by split_edge(). Later, additional edge 'e' was created to
8860 connect 'new_head' and 'first'. Now this routine adds phi args on this
8861 additional edge 'e' that new_head to second edge received as part of edge
8862 splitting. */
8863
8864 static void
8865 gimple_lv_adjust_loop_header_phi (basic_block first, basic_block second,
8866 basic_block new_head, edge e)
8867 {
8868 gphi *phi1, *phi2;
8869 gphi_iterator psi1, psi2;
8870 tree def;
8871 edge e2 = find_edge (new_head, second);
8872
8873 /* Because NEW_HEAD has been created by splitting SECOND's incoming
8874 edge, we should always have an edge from NEW_HEAD to SECOND. */
8875 gcc_assert (e2 != NULL);
8876
8877 /* Browse all 'second' basic block phi nodes and add phi args to
8878 edge 'e' for 'first' head. PHI args are always in correct order. */
8879
8880 for (psi2 = gsi_start_phis (second),
8881 psi1 = gsi_start_phis (first);
8882 !gsi_end_p (psi2) && !gsi_end_p (psi1);
8883 gsi_next (&psi2), gsi_next (&psi1))
8884 {
8885 phi1 = psi1.phi ();
8886 phi2 = psi2.phi ();
8887 def = PHI_ARG_DEF (phi2, e2->dest_idx);
8888 add_phi_arg (phi1, def, e, gimple_phi_arg_location_from_edge (phi2, e2));
8889 }
8890 }
8891
8892
8893 /* Adds a if else statement to COND_BB with condition COND_EXPR.
8894 SECOND_HEAD is the destination of the THEN and FIRST_HEAD is
8895 the destination of the ELSE part. */
8896
8897 static void
8898 gimple_lv_add_condition_to_bb (basic_block first_head ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8899 basic_block second_head ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8900 basic_block cond_bb, void *cond_e)
8901 {
8902 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
8903 gimple *new_cond_expr;
8904 tree cond_expr = (tree) cond_e;
8905 edge e0;
8906
8907 /* Build new conditional expr */
8908 new_cond_expr = gimple_build_cond_from_tree (cond_expr,
8909 NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE);
8910
8911 /* Add new cond in cond_bb. */
8912 gsi = gsi_last_bb (cond_bb);
8913 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, new_cond_expr, GSI_NEW_STMT);
8914
8915 /* Adjust edges appropriately to connect new head with first head
8916 as well as second head. */
8917 e0 = single_succ_edge (cond_bb);
8918 e0->flags &= ~EDGE_FALLTHRU;
8919 e0->flags |= EDGE_FALSE_VALUE;
8920 }
8921
8922
8923 /* Do book-keeping of basic block BB for the profile consistency checker.
8924 Store the counting in RECORD. */
8925 static void
8926 gimple_account_profile_record (basic_block bb,
8927 struct profile_record *record)
8928 {
8929 gimple_stmt_iterator i;
8930 for (i = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (i); gsi_next (&i))
8931 {
8932 record->size
8933 += estimate_num_insns (gsi_stmt (i), &eni_size_weights);
8934 if (bb->count.initialized_p ())
8935 record->time
8936 += estimate_num_insns (gsi_stmt (i),
8937 &eni_time_weights) * bb->count.to_gcov_type ();
8938 else if (profile_status_for_fn (cfun) == PROFILE_GUESSED)
8939 record->time
8940 += estimate_num_insns (gsi_stmt (i),
8941 &eni_time_weights) * bb->count.to_frequency (cfun);
8942 }
8943 }
8944
8945 struct cfg_hooks gimple_cfg_hooks = {
8946 "gimple",
8947 gimple_verify_flow_info,
8948 gimple_dump_bb, /* dump_bb */
8949 gimple_dump_bb_for_graph, /* dump_bb_for_graph */
8950 create_bb, /* create_basic_block */
8951 gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch, /* redirect_edge_and_branch */
8952 gimple_redirect_edge_and_branch_force, /* redirect_edge_and_branch_force */
8953 gimple_can_remove_branch_p, /* can_remove_branch_p */
8954 remove_bb, /* delete_basic_block */
8955 gimple_split_block, /* split_block */
8956 gimple_move_block_after, /* move_block_after */
8957 gimple_can_merge_blocks_p, /* can_merge_blocks_p */
8958 gimple_merge_blocks, /* merge_blocks */
8959 gimple_predict_edge, /* predict_edge */
8960 gimple_predicted_by_p, /* predicted_by_p */
8961 gimple_can_duplicate_bb_p, /* can_duplicate_block_p */
8962 gimple_duplicate_bb, /* duplicate_block */
8963 gimple_split_edge, /* split_edge */
8964 gimple_make_forwarder_block, /* make_forward_block */
8965 NULL, /* tidy_fallthru_edge */
8966 NULL, /* force_nonfallthru */
8967 gimple_block_ends_with_call_p,/* block_ends_with_call_p */
8968 gimple_block_ends_with_condjump_p, /* block_ends_with_condjump_p */
8969 gimple_flow_call_edges_add, /* flow_call_edges_add */
8970 gimple_execute_on_growing_pred, /* execute_on_growing_pred */
8971 gimple_execute_on_shrinking_pred, /* execute_on_shrinking_pred */
8972 gimple_duplicate_loop_to_header_edge, /* duplicate loop for trees */
8973 gimple_lv_add_condition_to_bb, /* lv_add_condition_to_bb */
8974 gimple_lv_adjust_loop_header_phi, /* lv_adjust_loop_header_phi*/
8975 extract_true_false_edges_from_block, /* extract_cond_bb_edges */
8976 flush_pending_stmts, /* flush_pending_stmts */
8977 gimple_empty_block_p, /* block_empty_p */
8978 gimple_split_block_before_cond_jump, /* split_block_before_cond_jump */
8979 gimple_account_profile_record,
8980 };
8981
8982
8983 /* Split all critical edges. Split some extra (not necessarily critical) edges
8984 if FOR_EDGE_INSERTION_P is true. */
8985
8986 unsigned int
8987 split_critical_edges (bool for_edge_insertion_p /* = false */)
8988 {
8989 basic_block bb;
8990 edge e;
8991 edge_iterator ei;
8992
8993 /* split_edge can redirect edges out of SWITCH_EXPRs, which can get
8994 expensive. So we want to enable recording of edge to CASE_LABEL_EXPR
8995 mappings around the calls to split_edge. */
8996 start_recording_case_labels ();
8997 FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
8998 {
8999 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
9000 {
9001 if (EDGE_CRITICAL_P (e) && !(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL))
9002 split_edge (e);
9003 /* PRE inserts statements to edges and expects that
9004 since split_critical_edges was done beforehand, committing edge
9005 insertions will not split more edges. In addition to critical
9006 edges we must split edges that have multiple successors and
9007 end by control flow statements, such as RESX.
9008 Go ahead and split them too. This matches the logic in
9009 gimple_find_edge_insert_loc. */
9010 else if (for_edge_insertion_p
9011 && (!single_pred_p (e->dest)
9012 || !gimple_seq_empty_p (phi_nodes (e->dest))
9013 || e->dest == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun))
9014 && e->src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)
9015 && !(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL))
9016 {
9017 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
9018
9019 gsi = gsi_last_bb (e->src);
9020 if (!gsi_end_p (gsi)
9021 && stmt_ends_bb_p (gsi_stmt (gsi))
9022 && (gimple_code (gsi_stmt (gsi)) != GIMPLE_RETURN
9023 && !gimple_call_builtin_p (gsi_stmt (gsi),
9024 BUILT_IN_RETURN)))
9025 split_edge (e);
9026 }
9027 }
9028 }
9029 end_recording_case_labels ();
9030 return 0;
9031 }
9032
9033 namespace {
9034
9035 const pass_data pass_data_split_crit_edges =
9036 {
9037 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */
9038 "crited", /* name */
9039 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */
9040 TV_TREE_SPLIT_EDGES, /* tv_id */
9041 PROP_cfg, /* properties_required */
9042 PROP_no_crit_edges, /* properties_provided */
9043 0, /* properties_destroyed */
9044 0, /* todo_flags_start */
9045 0, /* todo_flags_finish */
9046 };
9047
9048 class pass_split_crit_edges : public gimple_opt_pass
9049 {
9050 public:
9051 pass_split_crit_edges (gcc::context *ctxt)
9052 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_split_crit_edges, ctxt)
9053 {}
9054
9055 /* opt_pass methods: */
9056 virtual unsigned int execute (function *) { return split_critical_edges (); }
9057
9058 opt_pass * clone () { return new pass_split_crit_edges (m_ctxt); }
9059 }; // class pass_split_crit_edges
9060
9061 } // anon namespace
9062
9063 gimple_opt_pass *
9064 make_pass_split_crit_edges (gcc::context *ctxt)
9065 {
9066 return new pass_split_crit_edges (ctxt);
9067 }
9068
9069
9070 /* Insert COND expression which is GIMPLE_COND after STMT
9071 in basic block BB with appropriate basic block split
9072 and creation of a new conditionally executed basic block.
9073 Update profile so the new bb is visited with probability PROB.
9074 Return created basic block. */
9075 basic_block
9076 insert_cond_bb (basic_block bb, gimple *stmt, gimple *cond,
9077 profile_probability prob)
9078 {
9079 edge fall = split_block (bb, stmt);
9080 gimple_stmt_iterator iter = gsi_last_bb (bb);
9081 basic_block new_bb;
9082
9083 /* Insert cond statement. */
9084 gcc_assert (gimple_code (cond) == GIMPLE_COND);
9085 if (gsi_end_p (iter))
9086 gsi_insert_before (&iter, cond, GSI_CONTINUE_LINKING);
9087 else
9088 gsi_insert_after (&iter, cond, GSI_CONTINUE_LINKING);
9089
9090 /* Create conditionally executed block. */
9091 new_bb = create_empty_bb (bb);
9092 edge e = make_edge (bb, new_bb, EDGE_TRUE_VALUE);
9093 e->probability = prob;
9094 new_bb->count = e->count ();
9095 make_single_succ_edge (new_bb, fall->dest, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
9096
9097 /* Fix edge for split bb. */
9098 fall->flags = EDGE_FALSE_VALUE;
9099 fall->probability -= e->probability;
9100
9101 /* Update dominance info. */
9102 if (dom_info_available_p (CDI_DOMINATORS))
9103 {
9104 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, new_bb, bb);
9105 set_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, fall->dest, bb);
9106 }
9107
9108 /* Update loop info. */
9109 if (current_loops)
9110 add_bb_to_loop (new_bb, bb->loop_father);
9111
9112 return new_bb;
9113 }
9114
9115 /* Build a ternary operation and gimplify it. Emit code before GSI.
9116 Return the gimple_val holding the result. */
9117
9118 tree
9119 gimplify_build3 (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, enum tree_code code,
9120 tree type, tree a, tree b, tree c)
9121 {
9122 tree ret;
9123 location_t loc = gimple_location (gsi_stmt (*gsi));
9124
9125 ret = fold_build3_loc (loc, code, type, a, b, c);
9126 return force_gimple_operand_gsi (gsi, ret, true, NULL, true,
9127 GSI_SAME_STMT);
9128 }
9129
9130 /* Build a binary operation and gimplify it. Emit code before GSI.
9131 Return the gimple_val holding the result. */
9132
9133 tree
9134 gimplify_build2 (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, enum tree_code code,
9135 tree type, tree a, tree b)
9136 {
9137 tree ret;
9138
9139 ret = fold_build2_loc (gimple_location (gsi_stmt (*gsi)), code, type, a, b);
9140 return force_gimple_operand_gsi (gsi, ret, true, NULL, true,
9141 GSI_SAME_STMT);
9142 }
9143
9144 /* Build a unary operation and gimplify it. Emit code before GSI.
9145 Return the gimple_val holding the result. */
9146
9147 tree
9148 gimplify_build1 (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, enum tree_code code, tree type,
9149 tree a)
9150 {
9151 tree ret;
9152
9153 ret = fold_build1_loc (gimple_location (gsi_stmt (*gsi)), code, type, a);
9154 return force_gimple_operand_gsi (gsi, ret, true, NULL, true,
9155 GSI_SAME_STMT);
9156 }
9157
9158
9159 \f
9160 /* Given a basic block B which ends with a conditional and has
9161 precisely two successors, determine which of the edges is taken if
9162 the conditional is true and which is taken if the conditional is
9163 false. Set TRUE_EDGE and FALSE_EDGE appropriately. */
9164
9165 void
9166 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (basic_block b,
9167 edge *true_edge,
9168 edge *false_edge)
9169 {
9170 edge e = EDGE_SUCC (b, 0);
9171
9172 if (e->flags & EDGE_TRUE_VALUE)
9173 {
9174 *true_edge = e;
9175 *false_edge = EDGE_SUCC (b, 1);
9176 }
9177 else
9178 {
9179 *false_edge = e;
9180 *true_edge = EDGE_SUCC (b, 1);
9181 }
9182 }
9183
9184
9185 /* From a controlling predicate in the immediate dominator DOM of
9186 PHIBLOCK determine the edges into PHIBLOCK that are chosen if the
9187 predicate evaluates to true and false and store them to
9188 *TRUE_CONTROLLED_EDGE and *FALSE_CONTROLLED_EDGE if
9189 they are non-NULL. Returns true if the edges can be determined,
9190 else return false. */
9191
9192 bool
9193 extract_true_false_controlled_edges (basic_block dom, basic_block phiblock,
9194 edge *true_controlled_edge,
9195 edge *false_controlled_edge)
9196 {
9197 basic_block bb = phiblock;
9198 edge true_edge, false_edge, tem;
9199 edge e0 = NULL, e1 = NULL;
9200
9201 /* We have to verify that one edge into the PHI node is dominated
9202 by the true edge of the predicate block and the other edge
9203 dominated by the false edge. This ensures that the PHI argument
9204 we are going to take is completely determined by the path we
9205 take from the predicate block.
9206 We can only use BB dominance checks below if the destination of
9207 the true/false edges are dominated by their edge, thus only
9208 have a single predecessor. */
9209 extract_true_false_edges_from_block (dom, &true_edge, &false_edge);
9210 tem = EDGE_PRED (bb, 0);
9211 if (tem == true_edge
9212 || (single_pred_p (true_edge->dest)
9213 && (tem->src == true_edge->dest
9214 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS,
9215 tem->src, true_edge->dest))))
9216 e0 = tem;
9217 else if (tem == false_edge
9218 || (single_pred_p (false_edge->dest)
9219 && (tem->src == false_edge->dest
9220 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS,
9221 tem->src, false_edge->dest))))
9222 e1 = tem;
9223 else
9224 return false;
9225 tem = EDGE_PRED (bb, 1);
9226 if (tem == true_edge
9227 || (single_pred_p (true_edge->dest)
9228 && (tem->src == true_edge->dest
9229 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS,
9230 tem->src, true_edge->dest))))
9231 e0 = tem;
9232 else if (tem == false_edge
9233 || (single_pred_p (false_edge->dest)
9234 && (tem->src == false_edge->dest
9235 || dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS,
9236 tem->src, false_edge->dest))))
9237 e1 = tem;
9238 else
9239 return false;
9240 if (!e0 || !e1)
9241 return false;
9242
9243 if (true_controlled_edge)
9244 *true_controlled_edge = e0;
9245 if (false_controlled_edge)
9246 *false_controlled_edge = e1;
9247
9248 return true;
9249 }
9250
9251 /* Generate a range test LHS CODE RHS that determines whether INDEX is in the
9252 range [low, high]. Place associated stmts before *GSI. */
9253
9254 void
9255 generate_range_test (basic_block bb, tree index, tree low, tree high,
9256 tree *lhs, tree *rhs)
9257 {
9258 tree type = TREE_TYPE (index);
9259 tree utype = range_check_type (type);
9260
9261 low = fold_convert (utype, low);
9262 high = fold_convert (utype, high);
9263
9264 gimple_seq seq = NULL;
9265 index = gimple_convert (&seq, utype, index);
9266 *lhs = gimple_build (&seq, MINUS_EXPR, utype, index, low);
9267 *rhs = const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, utype, high, low);
9268
9269 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb);
9270 gsi_insert_seq_before (&gsi, seq, GSI_SAME_STMT);
9271 }
9272
9273 /* Return the basic block that belongs to label numbered INDEX
9274 of a switch statement. */
9275
9276 basic_block
9277 gimple_switch_label_bb (function *ifun, gswitch *gs, unsigned index)
9278 {
9279 return label_to_block (ifun, CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_label (gs, index)));
9280 }
9281
9282 /* Return the default basic block of a switch statement. */
9283
9284 basic_block
9285 gimple_switch_default_bb (function *ifun, gswitch *gs)
9286 {
9287 return gimple_switch_label_bb (ifun, gs, 0);
9288 }
9289
9290 /* Return the edge that belongs to label numbered INDEX
9291 of a switch statement. */
9292
9293 edge
9294 gimple_switch_edge (function *ifun, gswitch *gs, unsigned index)
9295 {
9296 return find_edge (gimple_bb (gs), gimple_switch_label_bb (ifun, gs, index));
9297 }
9298
9299 /* Return the default edge of a switch statement. */
9300
9301 edge
9302 gimple_switch_default_edge (function *ifun, gswitch *gs)
9303 {
9304 return gimple_switch_edge (ifun, gs, 0);
9305 }
9306
9307
9308 /* Emit return warnings. */
9309
9310 namespace {
9311
9312 const pass_data pass_data_warn_function_return =
9313 {
9314 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */
9315 "*warn_function_return", /* name */
9316 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */
9317 TV_NONE, /* tv_id */
9318 PROP_cfg, /* properties_required */
9319 0, /* properties_provided */
9320 0, /* properties_destroyed */
9321 0, /* todo_flags_start */
9322 0, /* todo_flags_finish */
9323 };
9324
9325 class pass_warn_function_return : public gimple_opt_pass
9326 {
9327 public:
9328 pass_warn_function_return (gcc::context *ctxt)
9329 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_warn_function_return, ctxt)
9330 {}
9331
9332 /* opt_pass methods: */
9333 virtual unsigned int execute (function *);
9334
9335 }; // class pass_warn_function_return
9336
9337 unsigned int
9338 pass_warn_function_return::execute (function *fun)
9339 {
9340 location_t location;
9341 gimple *last;
9342 edge e;
9343 edge_iterator ei;
9344
9345 if (!targetm.warn_func_return (fun->decl))
9346 return 0;
9347
9348 /* If we have a path to EXIT, then we do return. */
9349 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (fun->decl)
9350 && EDGE_COUNT (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds) > 0)
9351 {
9352 location = UNKNOWN_LOCATION;
9353 for (ei = ei_start (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds);
9354 (e = ei_safe_edge (ei)); )
9355 {
9356 last = last_stmt (e->src);
9357 if ((gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_RETURN
9358 || gimple_call_builtin_p (last, BUILT_IN_RETURN))
9359 && location == UNKNOWN_LOCATION
9360 && ((location = LOCATION_LOCUS (gimple_location (last)))
9361 != UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
9362 && !optimize)
9363 break;
9364 /* When optimizing, replace return stmts in noreturn functions
9365 with __builtin_unreachable () call. */
9366 if (optimize && gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_RETURN)
9367 {
9368 tree fndecl = builtin_decl_implicit (BUILT_IN_UNREACHABLE);
9369 gimple *new_stmt = gimple_build_call (fndecl, 0);
9370 gimple_set_location (new_stmt, gimple_location (last));
9371 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_for_stmt (last);
9372 gsi_replace (&gsi, new_stmt, true);
9373 remove_edge (e);
9374 }
9375 else
9376 ei_next (&ei);
9377 }
9378 if (location == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
9379 location = cfun->function_end_locus;
9380 warning_at (location, 0, "%<noreturn%> function does return");
9381 }
9382
9383 /* If we see "return;" in some basic block, then we do reach the end
9384 without returning a value. */
9385 else if (warn_return_type > 0
9386 && !TREE_NO_WARNING (fun->decl)
9387 && !VOID_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fun->decl))))
9388 {
9389 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds)
9390 {
9391 gimple *last = last_stmt (e->src);
9392 greturn *return_stmt = dyn_cast <greturn *> (last);
9393 if (return_stmt
9394 && gimple_return_retval (return_stmt) == NULL
9395 && !gimple_no_warning_p (last))
9396 {
9397 location = gimple_location (last);
9398 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (location) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
9399 location = fun->function_end_locus;
9400 if (warning_at (location, OPT_Wreturn_type,
9401 "control reaches end of non-void function"))
9402 TREE_NO_WARNING (fun->decl) = 1;
9403 break;
9404 }
9405 }
9406 /* The C++ FE turns fallthrough from the end of non-void function
9407 into __builtin_unreachable () call with BUILTINS_LOCATION.
9408 Recognize those too. */
9409 basic_block bb;
9410 if (!TREE_NO_WARNING (fun->decl))
9411 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, fun)
9412 if (EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) == 0)
9413 {
9414 gimple *last = last_stmt (bb);
9415 const enum built_in_function ubsan_missing_ret
9416 = BUILT_IN_UBSAN_HANDLE_MISSING_RETURN;
9417 if (last
9418 && ((LOCATION_LOCUS (gimple_location (last))
9419 == BUILTINS_LOCATION
9420 && gimple_call_builtin_p (last, BUILT_IN_UNREACHABLE))
9421 || gimple_call_builtin_p (last, ubsan_missing_ret)))
9422 {
9423 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_for_stmt (last);
9424 gsi_prev_nondebug (&gsi);
9425 gimple *prev = gsi_stmt (gsi);
9426 if (prev == NULL)
9427 location = UNKNOWN_LOCATION;
9428 else
9429 location = gimple_location (prev);
9430 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (location) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
9431 location = fun->function_end_locus;
9432 if (warning_at (location, OPT_Wreturn_type,
9433 "control reaches end of non-void function"))
9434 TREE_NO_WARNING (fun->decl) = 1;
9435 break;
9436 }
9437 }
9438 }
9439 return 0;
9440 }
9441
9442 } // anon namespace
9443
9444 gimple_opt_pass *
9445 make_pass_warn_function_return (gcc::context *ctxt)
9446 {
9447 return new pass_warn_function_return (ctxt);
9448 }
9449
9450 /* Walk a gimplified function and warn for functions whose return value is
9451 ignored and attribute((warn_unused_result)) is set. This is done before
9452 inlining, so we don't have to worry about that. */
9453
9454 static void
9455 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_seq seq)
9456 {
9457 tree fdecl, ftype;
9458 gimple_stmt_iterator i;
9459
9460 for (i = gsi_start (seq); !gsi_end_p (i); gsi_next (&i))
9461 {
9462 gimple *g = gsi_stmt (i);
9463
9464 switch (gimple_code (g))
9465 {
9466 case GIMPLE_BIND:
9467 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_bind_body (as_a <gbind *>(g)));
9468 break;
9469 case GIMPLE_TRY:
9470 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_try_eval (g));
9471 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_try_cleanup (g));
9472 break;
9473 case GIMPLE_CATCH:
9474 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_catch_handler (
9475 as_a <gcatch *> (g)));
9476 break;
9477 case GIMPLE_EH_FILTER:
9478 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_eh_filter_failure (g));
9479 break;
9480
9481 case GIMPLE_CALL:
9482 if (gimple_call_lhs (g))
9483 break;
9484 if (gimple_call_internal_p (g))
9485 break;
9486
9487 /* This is a naked call, as opposed to a GIMPLE_CALL with an
9488 LHS. All calls whose value is ignored should be
9489 represented like this. Look for the attribute. */
9490 fdecl = gimple_call_fndecl (g);
9491 ftype = gimple_call_fntype (g);
9492
9493 if (lookup_attribute ("warn_unused_result", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (ftype)))
9494 {
9495 location_t loc = gimple_location (g);
9496
9497 if (fdecl)
9498 warning_at (loc, OPT_Wunused_result,
9499 "ignoring return value of %qD "
9500 "declared with attribute %<warn_unused_result%>",
9501 fdecl);
9502 else
9503 warning_at (loc, OPT_Wunused_result,
9504 "ignoring return value of function "
9505 "declared with attribute %<warn_unused_result%>");
9506 }
9507 break;
9508
9509 default:
9510 /* Not a container, not a call, or a call whose value is used. */
9511 break;
9512 }
9513 }
9514 }
9515
9516 namespace {
9517
9518 const pass_data pass_data_warn_unused_result =
9519 {
9520 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */
9521 "*warn_unused_result", /* name */
9522 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */
9523 TV_NONE, /* tv_id */
9524 PROP_gimple_any, /* properties_required */
9525 0, /* properties_provided */
9526 0, /* properties_destroyed */
9527 0, /* todo_flags_start */
9528 0, /* todo_flags_finish */
9529 };
9530
9531 class pass_warn_unused_result : public gimple_opt_pass
9532 {
9533 public:
9534 pass_warn_unused_result (gcc::context *ctxt)
9535 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_warn_unused_result, ctxt)
9536 {}
9537
9538 /* opt_pass methods: */
9539 virtual bool gate (function *) { return flag_warn_unused_result; }
9540 virtual unsigned int execute (function *)
9541 {
9542 do_warn_unused_result (gimple_body (current_function_decl));
9543 return 0;
9544 }
9545
9546 }; // class pass_warn_unused_result
9547
9548 } // anon namespace
9549
9550 gimple_opt_pass *
9551 make_pass_warn_unused_result (gcc::context *ctxt)
9552 {
9553 return new pass_warn_unused_result (ctxt);
9554 }
9555
9556 /* IPA passes, compilation of earlier functions or inlining
9557 might have changed some properties, such as marked functions nothrow,
9558 pure, const or noreturn.
9559 Remove redundant edges and basic blocks, and create new ones if necessary.
9560
9561 This pass can't be executed as stand alone pass from pass manager, because
9562 in between inlining and this fixup the verify_flow_info would fail. */
9563
9564 unsigned int
9565 execute_fixup_cfg (void)
9566 {
9567 basic_block bb;
9568 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;
9569 int todo = 0;
9570 cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
9571 /* Same scaling is also done by ipa_merge_profiles. */
9572 profile_count num = node->count;
9573 profile_count den = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count;
9574 bool scale = num.initialized_p () && !(num == den);
9575
9576 if (scale)
9577 {
9578 profile_count::adjust_for_ipa_scaling (&num, &den);
9579 ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count = node->count;
9580 EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count
9581 = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->count.apply_scale (num, den);
9582 }
9583
9584 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
9585 {
9586 if (scale)
9587 bb->count = bb->count.apply_scale (num, den);
9588 for (gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi);)
9589 {
9590 gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
9591 tree decl = is_gimple_call (stmt)
9592 ? gimple_call_fndecl (stmt)
9593 : NULL;
9594 if (decl)
9595 {
9596 int flags = gimple_call_flags (stmt);
9597 if (flags & (ECF_CONST | ECF_PURE | ECF_LOOPING_CONST_OR_PURE))
9598 {
9599 if (gimple_purge_dead_abnormal_call_edges (bb))
9600 todo |= TODO_cleanup_cfg;
9601
9602 if (gimple_in_ssa_p (cfun))
9603 {
9604 todo |= TODO_update_ssa | TODO_cleanup_cfg;
9605 update_stmt (stmt);
9606 }
9607 }
9608
9609 if (flags & ECF_NORETURN
9610 && fixup_noreturn_call (stmt))
9611 todo |= TODO_cleanup_cfg;
9612 }
9613
9614 /* Remove stores to variables we marked write-only.
9615 Keep access when store has side effect, i.e. in case when source
9616 is volatile. */
9617 if (gimple_store_p (stmt)
9618 && !gimple_has_side_effects (stmt)
9619 && !optimize_debug)
9620 {
9621 tree lhs = get_base_address (gimple_get_lhs (stmt));
9622
9623 if (VAR_P (lhs)
9624 && (TREE_STATIC (lhs) || DECL_EXTERNAL (lhs))
9625 && varpool_node::get (lhs)->writeonly)
9626 {
9627 unlink_stmt_vdef (stmt);
9628 gsi_remove (&gsi, true);
9629 release_defs (stmt);
9630 todo |= TODO_update_ssa | TODO_cleanup_cfg;
9631 continue;
9632 }
9633 }
9634 /* For calls we can simply remove LHS when it is known
9635 to be write-only. */
9636 if (is_gimple_call (stmt)
9637 && gimple_get_lhs (stmt))
9638 {
9639 tree lhs = get_base_address (gimple_get_lhs (stmt));
9640
9641 if (VAR_P (lhs)
9642 && (TREE_STATIC (lhs) || DECL_EXTERNAL (lhs))
9643 && varpool_node::get (lhs)->writeonly)
9644 {
9645 gimple_call_set_lhs (stmt, NULL);
9646 update_stmt (stmt);
9647 todo |= TODO_update_ssa | TODO_cleanup_cfg;
9648 }
9649 }
9650
9651 if (maybe_clean_eh_stmt (stmt)
9652 && gimple_purge_dead_eh_edges (bb))
9653 todo |= TODO_cleanup_cfg;
9654 gsi_next (&gsi);
9655 }
9656
9657 /* If we have a basic block with no successors that does not
9658 end with a control statement or a noreturn call end it with
9659 a call to __builtin_unreachable. This situation can occur
9660 when inlining a noreturn call that does in fact return. */
9661 if (EDGE_COUNT (bb->succs) == 0)
9662 {
9663 gimple *stmt = last_stmt (bb);
9664 if (!stmt
9665 || (!is_ctrl_stmt (stmt)
9666 && (!is_gimple_call (stmt)
9667 || !gimple_call_noreturn_p (stmt))))
9668 {
9669 if (stmt && is_gimple_call (stmt))
9670 gimple_call_set_ctrl_altering (stmt, false);
9671 tree fndecl = builtin_decl_implicit (BUILT_IN_UNREACHABLE);
9672 stmt = gimple_build_call (fndecl, 0);
9673 gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_last_bb (bb);
9674 gsi_insert_after (&gsi, stmt, GSI_NEW_STMT);
9675 if (!cfun->after_inlining)
9676 {
9677 gcall *call_stmt = dyn_cast <gcall *> (stmt);
9678 node->create_edge (cgraph_node::get_create (fndecl),
9679 call_stmt, bb->count);
9680 }
9681 }
9682 }
9683 }
9684 if (scale)
9685 {
9686 update_max_bb_count ();
9687 compute_function_frequency ();
9688 }
9689
9690 if (current_loops
9691 && (todo & TODO_cleanup_cfg))
9692 loops_state_set (LOOPS_NEED_FIXUP);
9693
9694 return todo;
9695 }
9696
9697 namespace {
9698
9699 const pass_data pass_data_fixup_cfg =
9700 {
9701 GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */
9702 "fixup_cfg", /* name */
9703 OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */
9704 TV_NONE, /* tv_id */
9705 PROP_cfg, /* properties_required */
9706 0, /* properties_provided */
9707 0, /* properties_destroyed */
9708 0, /* todo_flags_start */
9709 0, /* todo_flags_finish */
9710 };
9711
9712 class pass_fixup_cfg : public gimple_opt_pass
9713 {
9714 public:
9715 pass_fixup_cfg (gcc::context *ctxt)
9716 : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_fixup_cfg, ctxt)
9717 {}
9718
9719 /* opt_pass methods: */
9720 opt_pass * clone () { return new pass_fixup_cfg (m_ctxt); }
9721 virtual unsigned int execute (function *) { return execute_fixup_cfg (); }
9722
9723 }; // class pass_fixup_cfg
9724
9725 } // anon namespace
9726
9727 gimple_opt_pass *
9728 make_pass_fixup_cfg (gcc::context *ctxt)
9729 {
9730 return new pass_fixup_cfg (ctxt);
9731 }
9732
9733 /* Garbage collection support for edge_def. */
9734
9735 extern void gt_ggc_mx (tree&);
9736 extern void gt_ggc_mx (gimple *&);
9737 extern void gt_ggc_mx (rtx&);
9738 extern void gt_ggc_mx (basic_block&);
9739
9740 static void
9741 gt_ggc_mx (rtx_insn *& x)
9742 {
9743 if (x)
9744 gt_ggc_mx_rtx_def ((void *) x);
9745 }
9746
9747 void
9748 gt_ggc_mx (edge_def *e)
9749 {
9750 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (e->goto_locus);
9751 gt_ggc_mx (e->src);
9752 gt_ggc_mx (e->dest);
9753 if (current_ir_type () == IR_GIMPLE)
9754 gt_ggc_mx (e->insns.g);
9755 else
9756 gt_ggc_mx (e->insns.r);
9757 gt_ggc_mx (block);
9758 }
9759
9760 /* PCH support for edge_def. */
9761
9762 extern void gt_pch_nx (tree&);
9763 extern void gt_pch_nx (gimple *&);
9764 extern void gt_pch_nx (rtx&);
9765 extern void gt_pch_nx (basic_block&);
9766
9767 static void
9768 gt_pch_nx (rtx_insn *& x)
9769 {
9770 if (x)
9771 gt_pch_nx_rtx_def ((void *) x);
9772 }
9773
9774 void
9775 gt_pch_nx (edge_def *e)
9776 {
9777 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (e->goto_locus);
9778 gt_pch_nx (e->src);
9779 gt_pch_nx (e->dest);
9780 if (current_ir_type () == IR_GIMPLE)
9781 gt_pch_nx (e->insns.g);
9782 else
9783 gt_pch_nx (e->insns.r);
9784 gt_pch_nx (block);
9785 }
9786
9787 void
9788 gt_pch_nx (edge_def *e, gt_pointer_operator op, void *cookie)
9789 {
9790 tree block = LOCATION_BLOCK (e->goto_locus);
9791 op (&(e->src), cookie);
9792 op (&(e->dest), cookie);
9793 if (current_ir_type () == IR_GIMPLE)
9794 op (&(e->insns.g), cookie);
9795 else
9796 op (&(e->insns.r), cookie);
9797 op (&(block), cookie);
9798 }
9799
9800 #if CHECKING_P
9801
9802 namespace selftest {
9803
9804 /* Helper function for CFG selftests: create a dummy function decl
9805 and push it as cfun. */
9806
9807 static tree
9808 push_fndecl (const char *name)
9809 {
9810 tree fn_type = build_function_type_array (integer_type_node, 0, NULL);
9811 /* FIXME: this uses input_location: */
9812 tree fndecl = build_fn_decl (name, fn_type);
9813 tree retval = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, RESULT_DECL,
9814 NULL_TREE, integer_type_node);
9815 DECL_RESULT (fndecl) = retval;
9816 push_struct_function (fndecl);
9817 function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl);
9818 ASSERT_TRUE (fun != NULL);
9819 init_empty_tree_cfg_for_function (fun);
9820 ASSERT_EQ (2, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun));
9821 ASSERT_EQ (0, n_edges_for_fn (fun));
9822 return fndecl;
9823 }
9824
9825 /* These tests directly create CFGs.
9826 Compare with the static fns within tree-cfg.c:
9827 - build_gimple_cfg
9828 - make_blocks: calls create_basic_block (seq, bb);
9829 - make_edges. */
9830
9831 /* Verify a simple cfg of the form:
9832 ENTRY -> A -> B -> C -> EXIT. */
9833
9834 static void
9835 test_linear_chain ()
9836 {
9837 gimple_register_cfg_hooks ();
9838
9839 tree fndecl = push_fndecl ("cfg_test_linear_chain");
9840 function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl);
9841
9842 /* Create some empty blocks. */
9843 basic_block bb_a = create_empty_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun));
9844 basic_block bb_b = create_empty_bb (bb_a);
9845 basic_block bb_c = create_empty_bb (bb_b);
9846
9847 ASSERT_EQ (5, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun));
9848 ASSERT_EQ (0, n_edges_for_fn (fun));
9849
9850 /* Create some edges: a simple linear chain of BBs. */
9851 make_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), bb_a, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
9852 make_edge (bb_a, bb_b, 0);
9853 make_edge (bb_b, bb_c, 0);
9854 make_edge (bb_c, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), 0);
9855
9856 /* Verify the edges. */
9857 ASSERT_EQ (4, n_edges_for_fn (fun));
9858 ASSERT_EQ (NULL, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds);
9859 ASSERT_EQ (1, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->succs->length ());
9860 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_a->preds->length ());
9861 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_a->succs->length ());
9862 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_b->preds->length ());
9863 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_b->succs->length ());
9864 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_c->preds->length ());
9865 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_c->succs->length ());
9866 ASSERT_EQ (1, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->preds->length ());
9867 ASSERT_EQ (NULL, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)->succs);
9868
9869 /* Verify the dominance information
9870 Each BB in our simple chain should be dominated by the one before
9871 it. */
9872 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
9873 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_b));
9874 ASSERT_EQ (bb_b, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_c));
9875 vec<basic_block> dom_by_b = get_dominated_by (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_b);
9876 ASSERT_EQ (1, dom_by_b.length ());
9877 ASSERT_EQ (bb_c, dom_by_b[0]);
9878 free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
9879 dom_by_b.release ();
9880
9881 /* Similarly for post-dominance: each BB in our chain is post-dominated
9882 by the one after it. */
9883 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS);
9884 ASSERT_EQ (bb_b, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_a));
9885 ASSERT_EQ (bb_c, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_b));
9886 vec<basic_block> postdom_by_b = get_dominated_by (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_b);
9887 ASSERT_EQ (1, postdom_by_b.length ());
9888 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, postdom_by_b[0]);
9889 free_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS);
9890 postdom_by_b.release ();
9891
9892 pop_cfun ();
9893 }
9894
9895 /* Verify a simple CFG of the form:
9896 ENTRY
9897 |
9898 A
9899 / \
9900 /t \f
9901 B C
9902 \ /
9903 \ /
9904 D
9905 |
9906 EXIT. */
9907
9908 static void
9909 test_diamond ()
9910 {
9911 gimple_register_cfg_hooks ();
9912
9913 tree fndecl = push_fndecl ("cfg_test_diamond");
9914 function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl);
9915
9916 /* Create some empty blocks. */
9917 basic_block bb_a = create_empty_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun));
9918 basic_block bb_b = create_empty_bb (bb_a);
9919 basic_block bb_c = create_empty_bb (bb_a);
9920 basic_block bb_d = create_empty_bb (bb_b);
9921
9922 ASSERT_EQ (6, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun));
9923 ASSERT_EQ (0, n_edges_for_fn (fun));
9924
9925 /* Create the edges. */
9926 make_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), bb_a, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
9927 make_edge (bb_a, bb_b, EDGE_TRUE_VALUE);
9928 make_edge (bb_a, bb_c, EDGE_FALSE_VALUE);
9929 make_edge (bb_b, bb_d, 0);
9930 make_edge (bb_c, bb_d, 0);
9931 make_edge (bb_d, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), 0);
9932
9933 /* Verify the edges. */
9934 ASSERT_EQ (6, n_edges_for_fn (fun));
9935 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_a->preds->length ());
9936 ASSERT_EQ (2, bb_a->succs->length ());
9937 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_b->preds->length ());
9938 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_b->succs->length ());
9939 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_c->preds->length ());
9940 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_c->succs->length ());
9941 ASSERT_EQ (2, bb_d->preds->length ());
9942 ASSERT_EQ (1, bb_d->succs->length ());
9943
9944 /* Verify the dominance information. */
9945 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
9946 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_b));
9947 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_c));
9948 ASSERT_EQ (bb_a, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_d));
9949 vec<basic_block> dom_by_a = get_dominated_by (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_a);
9950 ASSERT_EQ (3, dom_by_a.length ()); /* B, C, D, in some order. */
9951 dom_by_a.release ();
9952 vec<basic_block> dom_by_b = get_dominated_by (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb_b);
9953 ASSERT_EQ (0, dom_by_b.length ());
9954 dom_by_b.release ();
9955 free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
9956
9957 /* Similarly for post-dominance. */
9958 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS);
9959 ASSERT_EQ (bb_d, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_a));
9960 ASSERT_EQ (bb_d, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_b));
9961 ASSERT_EQ (bb_d, get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_c));
9962 vec<basic_block> postdom_by_d = get_dominated_by (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_d);
9963 ASSERT_EQ (3, postdom_by_d.length ()); /* A, B, C in some order. */
9964 postdom_by_d.release ();
9965 vec<basic_block> postdom_by_b = get_dominated_by (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS, bb_b);
9966 ASSERT_EQ (0, postdom_by_b.length ());
9967 postdom_by_b.release ();
9968 free_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS);
9969
9970 pop_cfun ();
9971 }
9972
9973 /* Verify that we can handle a CFG containing a "complete" aka
9974 fully-connected subgraph (where A B C D below all have edges
9975 pointing to each other node, also to themselves).
9976 e.g.:
9977 ENTRY EXIT
9978 | ^
9979 | /
9980 | /
9981 | /
9982 V/
9983 A<--->B
9984 ^^ ^^
9985 | \ / |
9986 | X |
9987 | / \ |
9988 VV VV
9989 C<--->D
9990 */
9991
9992 static void
9993 test_fully_connected ()
9994 {
9995 gimple_register_cfg_hooks ();
9996
9997 tree fndecl = push_fndecl ("cfg_fully_connected");
9998 function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (fndecl);
9999
10000 const int n = 4;
10001
10002 /* Create some empty blocks. */
10003 auto_vec <basic_block> subgraph_nodes;
10004 for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
10005 subgraph_nodes.safe_push (create_empty_bb (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun)));
10006
10007 ASSERT_EQ (n + 2, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (fun));
10008 ASSERT_EQ (0, n_edges_for_fn (fun));
10009
10010 /* Create the edges. */
10011 make_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), subgraph_nodes[0], EDGE_FALLTHRU);
10012 make_edge (subgraph_nodes[0], EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun), 0);
10013 for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
10014 for (int j = 0; j < n; j++)
10015 make_edge (subgraph_nodes[i], subgraph_nodes[j], 0);
10016
10017 /* Verify the edges. */
10018 ASSERT_EQ (2 + (n * n), n_edges_for_fn (fun));
10019 /* The first one is linked to ENTRY/EXIT as well as itself and
10020 everything else. */
10021 ASSERT_EQ (n + 1, subgraph_nodes[0]->preds->length ());
10022 ASSERT_EQ (n + 1, subgraph_nodes[0]->succs->length ());
10023 /* The other ones in the subgraph are linked to everything in
10024 the subgraph (including themselves). */
10025 for (int i = 1; i < n; i++)
10026 {
10027 ASSERT_EQ (n, subgraph_nodes[i]->preds->length ());
10028 ASSERT_EQ (n, subgraph_nodes[i]->succs->length ());
10029 }
10030
10031 /* Verify the dominance information. */
10032 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
10033 /* The initial block in the subgraph should be dominated by ENTRY. */
10034 ASSERT_EQ (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun),
10035 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS,
10036 subgraph_nodes[0]));
10037 /* Every other block in the subgraph should be dominated by the
10038 initial block. */
10039 for (int i = 1; i < n; i++)
10040 ASSERT_EQ (subgraph_nodes[0],
10041 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_DOMINATORS,
10042 subgraph_nodes[i]));
10043 free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
10044
10045 /* Similarly for post-dominance. */
10046 calculate_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS);
10047 /* The initial block in the subgraph should be postdominated by EXIT. */
10048 ASSERT_EQ (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (fun),
10049 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS,
10050 subgraph_nodes[0]));
10051 /* Every other block in the subgraph should be postdominated by the
10052 initial block, since that leads to EXIT. */
10053 for (int i = 1; i < n; i++)
10054 ASSERT_EQ (subgraph_nodes[0],
10055 get_immediate_dominator (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS,
10056 subgraph_nodes[i]));
10057 free_dominance_info (CDI_POST_DOMINATORS);
10058
10059 pop_cfun ();
10060 }
10061
10062 /* Run all of the selftests within this file. */
10063
10064 void
10065 tree_cfg_c_tests ()
10066 {
10067 test_linear_chain ();
10068 test_diamond ();
10069 test_fully_connected ();
10070 }
10071
10072 } // namespace selftest
10073
10074 /* TODO: test the dominator/postdominator logic with various graphs/nodes:
10075 - loop
10076 - nested loops
10077 - switch statement (a block with many out-edges)
10078 - something that jumps to itself
10079 - etc */
10080
10081 #endif /* CHECKING_P */